/[svn]/web/trunk/www.linuxsampler.org/api/draft-linuxsampler-protocol.html
ViewVC logotype

Contents of /web/trunk/www.linuxsampler.org/api/draft-linuxsampler-protocol.html

Parent Directory Parent Directory | Revision Log Revision Log


Revision 1201 - (show annotations) (download) (as text)
Thu May 24 14:22:39 2007 UTC (16 years, 10 months ago) by iliev
File MIME type: text/html
File size: 370051 byte(s)
* added commands for monitoring the instrument scan progress

1 <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
2 <html lang="en"><head><title>LinuxSampler Control Protocol</title>
3 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
4 <meta name="description" content="LinuxSampler Control Protocol">
5 <meta name="keywords" content="LSCP">
6 <meta name="generator" content="xml2rfc v1.32 (http://xml.resource.org/)">
7 <style type='text/css'><!--
8 body {
9 font-family: verdana, charcoal, helvetica, arial, sans-serif;
10 font-size: small; color: #000; background-color: #FFF;
11 margin: 2em;
12 }
13 h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 {
14 font-family: helvetica, monaco, "MS Sans Serif", arial, sans-serif;
15 font-weight: bold; font-style: normal;
16 }
17 h1 { color: #900; background-color: transparent; text-align: right; }
18 h3 { color: #333; background-color: transparent; }
19
20 td.RFCbug {
21 font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;
22 width: 30px; height: 30px; padding-top: 2px;
23 text-align: justify; vertical-align: middle;
24 background-color: #000;
25 }
26 td.RFCbug span.RFC {
27 font-family: monaco, charcoal, geneva, "MS Sans Serif", helvetica, verdana, sans-serif;
28 font-weight: bold; color: #666;
29 }
30 td.RFCbug span.hotText {
31 font-family: charcoal, monaco, geneva, "MS Sans Serif", helvetica, verdana, sans-serif;
32 font-weight: normal; text-align: center; color: #FFF;
33 }
34
35 table.TOCbug { width: 30px; height: 15px; }
36 td.TOCbug {
37 text-align: center; width: 30px; height: 15px;
38 color: #FFF; background-color: #900;
39 }
40 td.TOCbug a {
41 font-family: monaco, charcoal, geneva, "MS Sans Serif", helvetica, sans-serif;
42 font-weight: bold; font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;
43 color: #FFF; background-color: transparent;
44 }
45
46 td.header {
47 font-family: arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: x-small;
48 vertical-align: top; width: 33%;
49 color: #FFF; background-color: #666;
50 }
51 td.author { font-weight: bold; font-size: x-small; margin-left: 4em; }
52 td.author-text { font-size: x-small; }
53
54 /* info code from SantaKlauss at http://www.madaboutstyle.com/tooltip2.html */
55 a.info {
56 /* This is the key. */
57 position: relative;
58 z-index: 24;
59 text-decoration: none;
60 }
61 a.info:hover {
62 z-index: 25;
63 color: #FFF; background-color: #900;
64 }
65 a.info span { display: none; }
66 a.info:hover span.info {
67 /* The span will display just on :hover state. */
68 display: block;
69 position: absolute;
70 font-size: smaller;
71 top: 2em; left: -5em; width: 15em;
72 padding: 2px; border: 1px solid #333;
73 color: #900; background-color: #EEE;
74 text-align: left;
75 }
76
77 a { font-weight: bold; }
78 a:link { color: #900; background-color: transparent; }
79 a:visited { color: #633; background-color: transparent; }
80 a:active { color: #633; background-color: transparent; }
81
82 p { margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 2em; }
83 p.copyright { font-size: x-small; }
84 p.toc { font-size: small; font-weight: bold; margin-left: 3em; }
85 table.toc { margin: 0 0 0 3em; padding: 0; border: 0; vertical-align: text-top; }
86 td.toc { font-size: small; font-weight: bold; vertical-align: text-top; }
87
88 ol.text { margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 2em; }
89 ul.text { margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 2em; }
90 li { margin-left: 3em; }
91
92 /* RFC-2629 <spanx>s and <artwork>s. */
93 em { font-style: italic; }
94 strong { font-weight: bold; }
95 dfn { font-weight: bold; font-style: normal; }
96 cite { font-weight: normal; font-style: normal; }
97 tt { color: #036; }
98 tt, pre, pre dfn, pre em, pre cite, pre span {
99 font-family: "Courier New", Courier, monospace; font-size: small;
100 }
101 pre {
102 text-align: left; padding: 4px;
103 color: #000; background-color: #CCC;
104 }
105 pre dfn { color: #900; }
106 pre em { color: #66F; background-color: #FFC; font-weight: normal; }
107 pre .key { color: #33C; font-weight: bold; }
108 pre .id { color: #900; }
109 pre .str { color: #000; background-color: #CFF; }
110 pre .val { color: #066; }
111 pre .rep { color: #909; }
112 pre .oth { color: #000; background-color: #FCF; }
113 pre .err { background-color: #FCC; }
114
115 /* RFC-2629 <texttable>s. */
116 table.all, table.full, table.headers, table.none {
117 font-size: small; text-align: center; border-width: 2px;
118 vertical-align: top; border-collapse: collapse;
119 }
120 table.all, table.full { border-style: solid; border-color: black; }
121 table.headers, table.none { border-style: none; }
122 th {
123 font-weight: bold; border-color: black;
124 border-width: 2px 2px 3px 2px;
125 }
126 table.all th, table.full th { border-style: solid; }
127 table.headers th { border-style: none none solid none; }
128 table.none th { border-style: none; }
129 table.all td {
130 border-style: solid; border-color: #333;
131 border-width: 1px 2px;
132 }
133 table.full td, table.headers td, table.none td { border-style: none; }
134
135 hr { height: 1px; }
136 hr.insert {
137 width: 80%; border-style: none; border-width: 0;
138 color: #CCC; background-color: #CCC;
139 }
140 --></style>
141 </head>
142 <body>
143 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
144 <table summary="layout" width="66%" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0"><tr><td><table summary="layout" width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="1">
145 <tr><td class="header">LinuxSampler Developers</td><td class="header">C. Schoenebeck</td></tr>
146 <tr><td class="header">Internet-Draft</td><td class="header">Interessengemeinschaft Software</td></tr>
147 <tr><td class="header">Intended status: Standards Track</td><td class="header">Engineering e. V.</td></tr>
148 <tr><td class="header">Expires: November 25, 2007</td><td class="header">May 24, 2007</td></tr>
149 </table></td></tr></table>
150 <h1><br />LinuxSampler Control Protocol<br />LSCP 1.2</h1>
151
152 <h3>Status of this Memo</h3>
153 <p>
154 By submitting this Internet-Draft,
155 each author represents that any applicable patent or other IPR claims of which
156 he or she is aware have been or will be disclosed,
157 and any of which he or she becomes aware will be disclosed,
158 in accordance with Section&nbsp;6 of BCP&nbsp;79.</p>
159 <p>
160 Internet-Drafts are working documents of the Internet Engineering
161 Task Force (IETF), its areas, and its working groups.
162 Note that other groups may also distribute working documents as
163 Internet-Drafts.</p>
164 <p>
165 Internet-Drafts are draft documents valid for a maximum of six months
166 and may be updated, replaced, or obsoleted by other documents at any time.
167 It is inappropriate to use Internet-Drafts as reference material or to cite
168 them other than as &ldquo;work in progress.&rdquo;</p>
169 <p>
170 The list of current Internet-Drafts can be accessed at
171 <a href='http://www.ietf.org/ietf/1id-abstracts.txt'>http://www.ietf.org/ietf/1id-abstracts.txt</a>.</p>
172 <p>
173 The list of Internet-Draft Shadow Directories can be accessed at
174 <a href='http://www.ietf.org/shadow.html'>http://www.ietf.org/shadow.html</a>.</p>
175 <p>
176 This Internet-Draft will expire on November 25, 2007.</p>
177
178 <h3>Copyright Notice</h3>
179 <p>
180 Copyright &copy; The IETF Trust (2007).</p>
181
182 <h3>Abstract</h3>
183
184 <p>The LinuxSampler Control Protocol (LSCP) is an
185 application-level protocol primarily intended for local and
186 remote controlling the LinuxSampler backend application, which is a
187 sophisticated server-like console application essentially playing
188 back audio samples and manipulating the samples in real time to
189 certain extent.
190 </p><a name="toc"></a><br /><hr />
191 <h3>Table of Contents</h3>
192 <p class="toc">
193 <a href="#anchor1">1.</a>&nbsp;
194 Requirements notation<br />
195 <a href="#LSCP versioning">2.</a>&nbsp;
196 Versioning of this specification<br />
197 <a href="#anchor2">3.</a>&nbsp;
198 Introduction<br />
199 <a href="#anchor3">4.</a>&nbsp;
200 Focus of this protocol<br />
201 <a href="#anchor4">5.</a>&nbsp;
202 Communication Overview<br />
203 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor5">5.1.</a>&nbsp;
204 Request/response communication method<br />
205 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor6">5.1.1.</a>&nbsp;
206 Result format<br />
207 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor7">5.2.</a>&nbsp;
208 Subscribe/notify communication method<br />
209 <a href="#control_commands">6.</a>&nbsp;
210 Description for control commands<br />
211 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor8">6.1.</a>&nbsp;
212 Ignored lines and comments<br />
213 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor9">6.2.</a>&nbsp;
214 Configuring audio drivers<br />
215 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS">6.2.1.</a>&nbsp;
216 Getting amount of available audio output drivers<br />
217 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS">6.2.2.</a>&nbsp;
218 Getting all available audio output drivers<br />
219 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO">6.2.3.</a>&nbsp;
220 Getting information about a specific audio
221 output driver<br />
222 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO">6.2.4.</a>&nbsp;
223 Getting information about specific audio
224 output driver parameter<br />
225 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE">6.2.5.</a>&nbsp;
226 Creating an audio output device<br />
227 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#DESTROY AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE">6.2.6.</a>&nbsp;
228 Destroying an audio output device<br />
229 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES">6.2.7.</a>&nbsp;
230 Getting all created audio output device count<br />
231 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES">6.2.8.</a>&nbsp;
232 Getting all created audio output device list<br />
233 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO">6.2.9.</a>&nbsp;
234 Getting current settings of an audio output device<br />
235 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER">6.2.10.</a>&nbsp;
236 Changing settings of audio output devices<br />
237 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO">6.2.11.</a>&nbsp;
238 Getting information about an audio channel<br />
239 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER INFO">6.2.12.</a>&nbsp;
240 Getting information about specific audio channel parameter<br />
241 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER">6.2.13.</a>&nbsp;
242 Changing settings of audio output channels<br />
243 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor10">6.3.</a>&nbsp;
244 Configuring MIDI input drivers<br />
245 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS">6.3.1.</a>&nbsp;
246 Getting amount of available MIDI input drivers<br />
247 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS">6.3.2.</a>&nbsp;
248 Getting all available MIDI input drivers<br />
249 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO">6.3.3.</a>&nbsp;
250 Getting information about a specific MIDI input driver<br />
251 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO">6.3.4.</a>&nbsp;
252 Getting information about specific MIDI input driver parameter<br />
253 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE">6.3.5.</a>&nbsp;
254 Creating a MIDI input device<br />
255 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#DESTROY MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE">6.3.6.</a>&nbsp;
256 Destroying a MIDI input device<br />
257 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES">6.3.7.</a>&nbsp;
258 Getting all created MIDI input device count<br />
259 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES">6.3.8.</a>&nbsp;
260 Getting all created MIDI input device list<br />
261 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE INFO">6.3.9.</a>&nbsp;
262 Getting current settings of a MIDI input device<br />
263 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER">6.3.10.</a>&nbsp;
264 Changing settings of MIDI input devices<br />
265 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO">6.3.11.</a>&nbsp;
266 Getting information about a MIDI port<br />
267 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER INFO">6.3.12.</a>&nbsp;
268 Getting information about specific MIDI port parameter<br />
269 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER">6.3.13.</a>&nbsp;
270 Changing settings of MIDI input ports<br />
271 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor11">6.4.</a>&nbsp;
272 Configuring sampler channels<br />
273 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LOAD INSTRUMENT">6.4.1.</a>&nbsp;
274 Loading an instrument<br />
275 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LOAD ENGINE">6.4.2.</a>&nbsp;
276 Loading a sampler engine<br />
277 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET CHANNELS">6.4.3.</a>&nbsp;
278 Getting all created sampler channel count<br />
279 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST CHANNELS">6.4.4.</a>&nbsp;
280 Getting all created sampler channel list<br />
281 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#ADD CHANNEL">6.4.5.</a>&nbsp;
282 Adding a new sampler channel<br />
283 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#REMOVE CHANNEL">6.4.6.</a>&nbsp;
284 Removing a sampler channel<br />
285 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET AVAILABLE_ENGINES">6.4.7.</a>&nbsp;
286 Getting amount of available engines<br />
287 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES">6.4.8.</a>&nbsp;
288 Getting all available engines<br />
289 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET ENGINE INFO">6.4.9.</a>&nbsp;
290 Getting information about an engine<br />
291 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET CHANNEL INFO">6.4.10.</a>&nbsp;
292 Getting sampler channel information<br />
293 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET CHANNEL VOICE_COUNT">6.4.11.</a>&nbsp;
294 Current number of active voices<br />
295 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET CHANNEL STREAM_COUNT">6.4.12.</a>&nbsp;
296 Current number of active disk streams<br />
297 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL">6.4.13.</a>&nbsp;
298 Current fill state of disk stream buffers<br />
299 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE">6.4.14.</a>&nbsp;
300 Setting audio output device<br />
301 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_TYPE">6.4.15.</a>&nbsp;
302 Setting audio output type<br />
303 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL">6.4.16.</a>&nbsp;
304 Setting audio output channel<br />
305 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE">6.4.17.</a>&nbsp;
306 Setting MIDI input device<br />
307 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_TYPE">6.4.18.</a>&nbsp;
308 Setting MIDI input type<br />
309 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_PORT">6.4.19.</a>&nbsp;
310 Setting MIDI input port<br />
311 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL">6.4.20.</a>&nbsp;
312 Setting MIDI input channel<br />
313 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL VOLUME">6.4.21.</a>&nbsp;
314 Setting channel volume<br />
315 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL MUTE">6.4.22.</a>&nbsp;
316 Muting a sampler channel<br />
317 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL SOLO">6.4.23.</a>&nbsp;
318 Soloing a sampler channel<br />
319 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP">6.4.24.</a>&nbsp;
320 Assigning a MIDI instrument map to a sampler channel<br />
321 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#CREATE FX_SEND">6.4.25.</a>&nbsp;
322 Adding an effect send to a sampler channel<br />
323 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#DESTROY FX_SEND">6.4.26.</a>&nbsp;
324 Removing an effect send from a sampler channel<br />
325 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET FX_SENDS">6.4.27.</a>&nbsp;
326 Getting amount of effect sends on a sampler channel<br />
327 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST FX_SENDS">6.4.28.</a>&nbsp;
328 Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel<br />
329 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET FX_SEND INFO">6.4.29.</a>&nbsp;
330 Getting effect send information<br />
331 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET FX_SEND NAME">6.4.30.</a>&nbsp;
332 Changing effect send's name<br />
333 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL">6.4.31.</a>&nbsp;
334 Altering effect send's audio routing<br />
335 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET FX_SEND MIDI_CONTROLLER">6.4.32.</a>&nbsp;
336 Altering effect send's MIDI controller<br />
337 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET FX_SEND LEVEL">6.4.33.</a>&nbsp;
338 Altering effect send's send level<br />
339 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#RESET CHANNEL">6.4.34.</a>&nbsp;
340 Resetting a sampler channel<br />
341 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor12">6.5.</a>&nbsp;
342 Controlling connection<br />
343 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE">6.5.1.</a>&nbsp;
344 Register front-end for receiving event messages<br />
345 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#UNSUBSCRIBE">6.5.2.</a>&nbsp;
346 Unregister front-end for not receiving event messages<br />
347 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET ECHO">6.5.3.</a>&nbsp;
348 Enable or disable echo of commands<br />
349 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#QUIT">6.5.4.</a>&nbsp;
350 Close client connection<br />
351 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#anchor13">6.6.</a>&nbsp;
352 Global commands<br />
353 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT">6.6.1.</a>&nbsp;
354 Current number of active voices<br />
355 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT_MAX">6.6.2.</a>&nbsp;
356 Maximum amount of active voices<br />
357 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#RESET">6.6.3.</a>&nbsp;
358 Reset sampler<br />
359 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET SERVER INFO">6.6.4.</a>&nbsp;
360 General sampler informations<br />
361 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET VOLUME">6.6.5.</a>&nbsp;
362 Getting global volume attenuation<br />
363 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET VOLUME">6.6.6.</a>&nbsp;
364 Setting global volume attenuation<br />
365 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#MIDI Instrument Mapping">6.7.</a>&nbsp;
366 MIDI Instrument Mapping<br />
367 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT MAP">6.7.1.</a>&nbsp;
368 Create a new MIDI instrument map<br />
369 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP">6.7.2.</a>&nbsp;
370 Delete one particular or all MIDI instrument maps<br />
371 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS">6.7.3.</a>&nbsp;
372 Get amount of existing MIDI instrument maps<br />
373 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS">6.7.4.</a>&nbsp;
374 Getting all created MIDI instrument maps<br />
375 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO">6.7.5.</a>&nbsp;
376 Getting MIDI instrument map information<br />
377 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME">6.7.6.</a>&nbsp;
378 Renaming a MIDI instrument map<br />
379 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT">6.7.7.</a>&nbsp;
380 Create or replace a MIDI instrument map entry<br />
381 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS">6.7.8.</a>&nbsp;
382 Getting ammount of MIDI instrument map entries<br />
383 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS">6.7.9.</a>&nbsp;
384 Getting indeces of all entries of a MIDI instrument map<br />
385 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#UNMAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT">6.7.10.</a>&nbsp;
386 Remove an entry from the MIDI instrument map<br />
387 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO">6.7.11.</a>&nbsp;
388 Get current settings of MIDI instrument map entry<br />
389 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS">6.7.12.</a>&nbsp;
390 Clear MIDI instrument map<br />
391 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#Managing Instruments Database">6.8.</a>&nbsp;
392 Managing Instruments Database<br />
393 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY">6.8.1.</a>&nbsp;
394 Creating a new instrument directory<br />
395 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY">6.8.2.</a>&nbsp;
396 Deleting an instrument directory<br />
397 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES">6.8.3.</a>&nbsp;
398 Getting amount of instrument directories<br />
399 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES">6.8.4.</a>&nbsp;
400 Listing all directories in specific directory<br />
401 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO">6.8.5.</a>&nbsp;
402 Getting instrument directory information<br />
403 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME">6.8.6.</a>&nbsp;
404 Renaming an instrument directory<br />
405 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY">6.8.7.</a>&nbsp;
406 Moving an instrument directory<br />
407 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#COPY DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY">6.8.8.</a>&nbsp;
408 Copying instrument directories<br />
409 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION">6.8.9.</a>&nbsp;
410 Changing the description of directory<br />
411 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES">6.8.10.</a>&nbsp;
412 Finding directories<br />
413 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS">6.8.11.</a>&nbsp;
414 Adding instruments to the instruments database<br />
415 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT">6.8.12.</a>&nbsp;
416 Removing an instrument<br />
417 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET DB_INSTRUMENTS">6.8.13.</a>&nbsp;
418 Getting amount of instruments<br />
419 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS">6.8.14.</a>&nbsp;
420 Listing all instruments in specific directory<br />
421 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO">6.8.15.</a>&nbsp;
422 Getting instrument information<br />
423 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME">6.8.16.</a>&nbsp;
424 Renaming an instrument<br />
425 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT">6.8.17.</a>&nbsp;
426 Moving an instrument<br />
427 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#COPY DB_INSTRUMENT">6.8.18.</a>&nbsp;
428 Copying instruments<br />
429 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION">6.8.19.</a>&nbsp;
430 Changing the description of instrument<br />
431 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS">6.8.20.</a>&nbsp;
432 Finding instruments<br />
433 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO">6.8.21.</a>&nbsp;
434 Getting job status information<br />
435 <a href="#command_syntax">7.</a>&nbsp;
436 Command Syntax<br />
437 <a href="#events">8.</a>&nbsp;
438 Events<br />
439 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT">8.1.</a>&nbsp;
440 Number of audio output devices changed<br />
441 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO">8.2.</a>&nbsp;
442 Audio output device's settings changed<br />
443 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT">8.3.</a>&nbsp;
444 Number of MIDI input devices changed<br />
445 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO">8.4.</a>&nbsp;
446 MIDI input device's settings changed<br />
447 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_COUNT">8.5.</a>&nbsp;
448 Number of sampler channels changed<br />
449 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE VOICE_COUNT">8.6.</a>&nbsp;
450 Number of active voices changed<br />
451 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE STREAM_COUNT">8.7.</a>&nbsp;
452 Number of active disk streams changed<br />
453 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE BUFFER_FILL">8.8.</a>&nbsp;
454 Disk stream buffer fill state changed<br />
455 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_INFO">8.9.</a>&nbsp;
456 Channel information changed<br />
457 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_COUNT">8.10.</a>&nbsp;
458 Number of effect sends changed<br />
459 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_INFO">8.11.</a>&nbsp;
460 Effect send information changed<br />
461 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT">8.12.</a>&nbsp;
462 Total number of active voices changed<br />
463 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT">8.13.</a>&nbsp;
464 Number of MIDI instrument maps changed<br />
465 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO">8.14.</a>&nbsp;
466 MIDI instrument map information changed<br />
467 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT">8.15.</a>&nbsp;
468 Number of MIDI instruments changed<br />
469 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO">8.16.</a>&nbsp;
470 MIDI instrument information changed<br />
471 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE GLOBAL_INFO">8.17.</a>&nbsp;
472 Global settings changed<br />
473 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT">8.18.</a>&nbsp;
474 Number of database instrument directories changed<br />
475 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO">8.19.</a>&nbsp;
476 Database instrument directory information changed<br />
477 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT">8.20.</a>&nbsp;
478 Number of database instruments changed<br />
479 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO">8.21.</a>&nbsp;
480 Database instrument information changed<br />
481 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO">8.22.</a>&nbsp;
482 Database job status information changed<br />
483 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="#SUBSCRIBE MISCELLANEOUS">8.23.</a>&nbsp;
484 Miscellaneous and debugging events<br />
485 <a href="#anchor14">9.</a>&nbsp;
486 Security Considerations<br />
487 <a href="#anchor15">10.</a>&nbsp;
488 Acknowledgments<br />
489 <a href="#rfc.references1">11.</a>&nbsp;
490 References<br />
491 <a href="#rfc.authors">&#167;</a>&nbsp;
492 Author's Address<br />
493 <a href="#rfc.copyright">&#167;</a>&nbsp;
494 Intellectual Property and Copyright Statements<br />
495 </p>
496 <br clear="all" />
497
498 <a name="anchor1"></a><br /><hr />
499 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
500 <a name="rfc.section.1"></a><h3>1.&nbsp;
501 Requirements notation</h3>
502
503 <p>The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL",
504 "SHALL NOT", "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY",
505 and "OPTIONAL" in this document are to be interpreted as
506 described in <a class='info' href='#RFC2119'>[RFC2119]<span> (</span><span class='info'>Bradner, S., &ldquo;Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels,&rdquo; 1997.</span><span>)</span></a>.
507 </p>
508 <p>This protocol is always case-sensitive if not explicitly
509 claimed the opposite.
510 </p>
511 <p>In examples, "C:" and "S:" indicate lines sent by the client
512 (front-end) and server (LinuxSampler) respectively. Lines in
513 examples must be interpreted as every line being CRLF
514 terminated (carriage return character followed by line feed
515 character as defined in the ASCII standard), thus the following
516 example:
517 </p>
518 <p>
519 </p>
520 <blockquote class="text">
521 <p>C: "some line"
522 </p>
523 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"another line"
524 </p>
525 </blockquote><p>
526
527 </p>
528 <p>must actually be interpreted as client sending the following
529 message:
530 </p>
531 <p>
532 </p>
533 <blockquote class="text">
534 <p>"some line&lt;CR&gt;&lt;LF&gt;another
535 line&lt;CR&gt;&lt;LF&gt;"
536 </p>
537 </blockquote><p>
538
539 </p>
540 <p>where &lt;CR&gt; symbolizes the carriage return character and
541 &lt;LF&gt; the line feed character as defined in the ASCII
542 standard.
543 </p>
544 <p>Due to technical reasons, messages can arbitrary be
545 fragmented, means the following example:
546 </p>
547 <p>
548 </p>
549 <blockquote class="text">
550 <p>S: "abcd"
551 </p>
552 </blockquote><p>
553
554 </p>
555 <p>could also happen to be sent in three messages like in the
556 following sequence scenario:
557 </p>
558 <p>
559 </p>
560 <ul class="text">
561 <li>server sending message "a"
562 </li>
563 <li>followed by a delay (pause) with
564 arbitrary duration
565 </li>
566 <li>followed by server sending message
567 "bcd&lt;CR&gt;"
568 </li>
569 <li>again followed by a delay (pause) with arbitrary
570 duration
571 </li>
572 <li>followed by server sending the message
573 "&lt;LF&gt;"
574 </li>
575 </ul><p>
576
577 </p>
578 <p>where again &lt;CR&gt; and &lt;LF&gt; symbolize the carriage
579 return and line feed characters respectively.
580 </p>
581 <a name="LSCP versioning"></a><br /><hr />
582 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
583 <a name="rfc.section.2"></a><h3>2.&nbsp;
584 Versioning of this specification</h3>
585
586 <p>LSCP will certainly be extended and enhanced by-and-by. Each official
587 release of the LSCP specification will be tagged with a unique version
588 tuple. The version tuple consists at least of a major and minor version
589 number like:
590
591 </p>
592 <p>
593 </p>
594 <blockquote class="text">
595 <p>"1.2"
596 </p>
597 </blockquote><p>
598
599 </p>
600 <p>
601 In this example the major version number would be "1" and the minor
602 version number would be "2". Note that the version tuple might also
603 have more than two elements. The major version number defines a
604 group of backward compatible versions. That means a frontend is
605 compatible to the connected sampler if and only if the LSCP versions
606 to which each of the two parties complies to, match both of the
607 following rules:
608
609 </p>
610 <p>Compatibility:
611 </p>
612 <p>
613 </p>
614 <ol class="text">
615 <li>The frontend's LSCP major version and the sampler's LSCP
616 major version are exactly equal.
617 </li>
618 <li>The frontend's LSCP minor version is less or equal than
619 the sampler's LSCP minor version.
620 </li>
621 </ol><p>
622
623 </p>
624 <p>
625 Compatibility can only be claimed if both rules are true.
626 The frontend can use the
627 <a class='info' href='#GET SERVER INFO'>"GET SERVER INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>General sampler informations</span><span>)</span></a> command to
628 get the version of the LSCP specification the sampler complies with.
629
630 </p>
631 <a name="anchor2"></a><br /><hr />
632 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
633 <a name="rfc.section.3"></a><h3>3.&nbsp;
634 Introduction</h3>
635
636 <p>LinuxSampler is a so called software sampler application
637 capable to playback audio samples from a computer's Random
638 Access Memory (RAM) as well as directly streaming it from disk.
639 LinuxSampler is designed to be modular. It provides several so
640 called "sampler engines" where each engine is specialized for a
641 certain purpose. LinuxSampler has virtual channels which will be
642 referred in this document as "sampler channels". The channels
643 are in such way virtual as they can be connected to an
644 arbitrary MIDI input method and arbitrary MIDI channel (e.g.
645 sampler channel 17 could be connected to an ALSA sequencer
646 device 64:0 and listening to MIDI channel 1 there). Each sampler
647 channel will be associated with an instance of one of the available
648 sampler engines (e.g. GigEngine, DLSEngine). The audio output of
649 each sampler channel can be routed to an arbitrary audio output
650 method (ALSA / JACK) and an arbitrary audio output channel
651 there.
652 </p>
653 <a name="anchor3"></a><br /><hr />
654 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
655 <a name="rfc.section.4"></a><h3>4.&nbsp;
656 Focus of this protocol</h3>
657
658 <p>Main focus of this protocol is to provide a way to configure
659 a running LinuxSampler instance and to retrieve information
660 about it. The focus of this protocol is not to provide a way to
661 control synthesis parameters or even to trigger or release
662 notes. Or in other words; the focus are those functionalities
663 which are not covered by MIDI or which may at most be handled
664 via MIDI System Exclusive Messages.
665 </p>
666 <a name="anchor4"></a><br /><hr />
667 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
668 <a name="rfc.section.5"></a><h3>5.&nbsp;
669 Communication Overview</h3>
670
671 <p>There are two distinct methods of communication between a
672 running instance of LinuxSampler and one or more control
673 applications, so called "front-ends": a simple request/response
674 communication method used by the clients to give commands to the
675 server as well as to inquire about server's status and a
676 subscribe/notify communication method used by the client to
677 subscribe to and receive notifications of certain events as they
678 happen on the server. The latter needs more effort to be
679 implemented in the front-end application. The two communication
680 methods will be described next.
681 </p>
682 <a name="anchor5"></a><br /><hr />
683 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
684 <a name="rfc.section.5.1"></a><h3>5.1.&nbsp;
685 Request/response communication method</h3>
686
687 <p>This simple communication method is based on
688 <a class='info' href='#RFC793'>TCP<span> (</span><span class='info'>Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency, &ldquo;TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL,&rdquo; 1981.</span><span>)</span></a> [RFC793]. The
689 front-end application establishes a TCP connection to the
690 LinuxSampler instance on a certain host system. Then the
691 front-end application will send certain ASCII based commands
692 as defined in this document (every command line must be CRLF
693 terminated - see "Conventions used in this document" at the
694 beginning of this document) and the LinuxSampler application
695 will response after a certain process time with an
696 appropriate ASCII based answer, also as defined in this
697 document. So this TCP communication is simply based on query
698 and answer paradigm. That way LinuxSampler is only able to
699 answer on queries from front-ends, but not able to
700 automatically send messages to the client if it's not asked
701 to. The fronted should not reconnect to LinuxSampler for
702 every single command, instead it should keep the connection
703 established and simply resend message(s) for subsequent
704 commands. To keep information in the front-end up-to-date
705 the front-end has to periodically send new requests to get
706 the current information from the LinuxSampler instance. This
707 is often referred to as "polling". While polling is simple
708 to implement and may be OK to use in some cases, there may
709 be disadvantages to polling such as network traffic overhead
710 and information being out of date.
711 It is possible for a client or several clients to open more
712 than one connection to the server at the same time. It is
713 also possible to send more than one request to the server
714 at the same time but if those requests are sent over the
715 same connection server MUST execute them sequentially. Upon
716 executing a request server will produce a result set and
717 send it to the client. Each and every request made by the
718 client MUST result in a result set being sent back to the
719 client. No other data other than a result set may be sent by
720 a server to a client. No result set may be sent to a client
721 without the client sending request to the server first. On
722 any particular connection, result sets MUST be sent in their
723 entirety without being interrupted by other result sets. If
724 several requests got queued up at the server they MUST be
725 processed in the order they were received and result sets
726 MUST be sent back in the same order.
727 </p>
728 <a name="anchor6"></a><br /><hr />
729 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
730 <a name="rfc.section.5.1.1"></a><h3>5.1.1.&nbsp;
731 Result format</h3>
732
733 <p>Result set could be one of the following types:
734 </p>
735 <p>
736 </p>
737 <ol class="text">
738 <li>Normal
739 </li>
740 <li>Warning
741 </li>
742 <li>Error
743 </li>
744 </ol><p>
745
746 </p>
747 <p>Warning and Error result sets MUST be single line and
748 have the following format:
749 </p>
750 <p>
751 </p>
752 <ul class="text">
753 <li>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;"
754 </li>
755 <li>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;"
756 </li>
757 </ul><p>
758
759 </p>
760 <p>Where &lt;warning-code&gt; and &lt;error-code&gt; are
761 numeric unique identifiers of the warning or error and
762 &lt;warning-message&gt; and &lt;error-message&gt; are
763 human readable descriptions of the warning or error
764 respectively.
765 </p>
766 <p>Examples:
767 </p>
768 <p>
769 </p>
770 <blockquote class="text">
771 <p>C: "LOAD INSTRUMENT '/home/me/Boesendorfer24bit.gig" 0 0
772 </p>
773 <p>S: "WRN:32:This is a 24 bit patch which is not supported natively yet."
774 </p>
775 </blockquote><p>
776
777 </p>
778 <p>
779 </p>
780 <blockquote class="text">
781 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA EAR"
782 </p>
783 <p>S: "ERR:3456:Audio output driver 'ALSA' does not have a parameter 'EAR'."
784 </p>
785 </blockquote><p>
786
787 </p>
788 <p>
789 </p>
790 <blockquote class="text">
791 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO 123456"
792 </p>
793 <p>S: "ERR:9:There is no audio output device with index 123456."
794 </p>
795 </blockquote><p>
796
797 </p>
798 <p>Normal result sets could be:
799 </p>
800 <p>
801 </p>
802 <ol class="text">
803 <li>Empty
804 </li>
805 <li>Single line
806 </li>
807 <li>Multi-line
808 </li>
809 </ol><p>
810
811 </p>
812 <p> Empty result set is issued when the server only
813 needed to acknowledge the fact that the request was
814 received and it was processed successfully and no
815 additional information is available. This result set has
816 the following format:
817 </p>
818 <p>
819 </p>
820 <blockquote class="text">
821 <p>"OK"
822 </p>
823 </blockquote><p>
824
825 </p>
826 <p>Example:
827 </p>
828 <p>
829 </p>
830 <blockquote class="text">
831 <p>C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER 0 CHANNELS=4"
832 </p>
833 <p>S: "OK"
834 </p>
835 </blockquote><p>
836
837 </p>
838 <p>Single line result sets are command specific. One
839 example of a single line result set is an empty line.
840 Multi-line result sets are command specific and may
841 include one or more lines of information. They MUST
842 always end with the following line:
843 </p>
844 <p>
845 </p>
846 <blockquote class="text">
847 <p>"."
848 </p>
849 </blockquote><p>
850
851 </p>
852 <p>Example:
853 </p>
854 <p>
855 </p>
856 <blockquote class="text">
857 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO 0"
858 </p>
859 <p>S: "DRIVER: ALSA"
860 </p>
861 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"CHANNELS: 2"
862 </p>
863 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"SAMPLERATE: 44100"
864 </p>
865 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ACTIVE: true"
866 </p>
867 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FRAGMENTS: 2"
868 </p>
869 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FRAGMENTSIZE: 128"
870 </p>
871 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"CARD: '0,0'"
872 </p>
873 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
874 </p>
875 </blockquote><p>
876
877 </p>
878 <p>In addition to above mentioned formats, warnings and
879 empty result sets MAY be indexed. In this case, they
880 have the following formats respectively:
881 </p>
882 <p>
883 </p>
884 <ul class="text">
885 <li>"WRN[&lt;index&gt;]:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;"
886 </li>
887 <li>"OK[&lt;index&gt;]"
888 </li>
889 </ul><p>
890
891 </p>
892 <p>where &lt;index&gt; is command specific and is used
893 to indicate channel number that the result set was
894 related to or other integer value.
895 </p>
896 <p>Each line of the result set MUST end with
897 &lt;CRLF&gt;.
898 </p>
899 <p>Examples:
900 </p>
901 <p>
902 </p>
903 <blockquote class="text">
904 <p>C: "ADD CHANNEL"
905 </p>
906 <p>S: "OK[12]"
907 </p>
908 </blockquote><p>
909
910 </p>
911 <p>
912 </p>
913 <blockquote class="text">
914 <p>C: "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE ALSA SAMPLERATE=96000"
915 </p>
916 <p>S: "WRN[0]:32:Sample rate not supported, using 44100 instead."
917 </p>
918 </blockquote><p>
919
920 </p>
921 <a name="anchor7"></a><br /><hr />
922 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
923 <a name="rfc.section.5.2"></a><h3>5.2.&nbsp;
924 Subscribe/notify communication method</h3>
925
926 <p>This more sophisticated communication method is actually
927 only an extension of the simple request/response
928 communication method. The front-end still uses a TCP
929 connection and sends the same commands on the TCP
930 connection. Two extra commands are SUBSCRIBE and UNSUBSCRIBE
931 commands that allow a client to tell the server that it is
932 interested in receiving notifications about certain events
933 as they happen on the server. The SUBSCRIBE command has the
934 following syntax:
935 </p>
936 <p>
937 </p>
938 <blockquote class="text">
939 <p>SUBSCRIBE &lt;event-id&gt;
940 </p>
941 </blockquote><p>
942
943 </p>
944 <p>where &lt;event-id&gt; will be replaced by the respective
945 event that client wants to subscribe to. Upon receiving such
946 request, server SHOULD respond with OK and start sending
947 EVENT notifications when a given even has occurred to the
948 front-end when an event has occurred. It MAY be possible
949 certain events may be sent before OK response during real
950 time nature of their generation. Event messages have the
951 following format:
952 </p>
953 <p>
954 </p>
955 <blockquote class="text">
956 <p>NOTIFY:&lt;event-id&gt;:&lt;custom-event-data&gt;
957 </p>
958 </blockquote><p>
959
960 </p>
961 <p>where &lt;event-id&gt; uniquely identifies the event that
962 has occurred and &lt;custom-event-data&gt; is event
963 specific.
964 </p>
965 <p>Several rules must be followed by the server when
966 generating events:
967 </p>
968 <p>
969 </p>
970 <ol class="text">
971 <li>Events MUST NOT be sent to any client who has not
972 issued an appropriate SUBSCRIBE command.
973 </li>
974 <li>Events MUST only be sent using the same
975 connection that was used to subscribe to them.
976 </li>
977 <li>When response is being sent to the client, event
978 MUST be inserted in the stream before or after the
979 response, but NOT in the middle. Same is true about
980 the response. It should never be inserted in the
981 middle of the event message as well as any other
982 response.
983 </li>
984 </ol><p>
985
986 </p>
987 <p>If the client is not interested in a particular event
988 anymore it MAY issue UNSUBSCRIBE command using the following
989 syntax:
990 </p>
991 <p>
992 </p>
993 <blockquote class="text">
994 <p>UNSUBSCRIBE &lt;event-id&gt;
995 </p>
996 </blockquote><p>
997
998 </p>
999 <p>where &lt;event-id&gt; will be replace by the respective
1000 event that client is no longer interested in receiving. For
1001 a list of supported events see <a class='info' href='#events'>Section&nbsp;8<span> (</span><span class='info'>Events</span><span>)</span></a>.
1002 </p>
1003 <p>Example: the fill states of disk stream buffers have
1004 changed on sampler channel 4 and the LinuxSampler instance
1005 will react by sending the following message to all clients
1006 who subscribed to this event:
1007 </p>
1008 <p>
1009 </p>
1010 <blockquote class="text">
1011 <p>NOTIFY:CHANNEL_BUFFER_FILL:4 [35]62%,[33]80%,[37]98%
1012 </p>
1013 </blockquote><p>
1014
1015 </p>
1016 <p>Which means there are currently three active streams on
1017 sampler channel 4, where the stream with ID "35" is filled
1018 by 62%, stream with ID 33 is filled by 80% and stream with
1019 ID 37 is filled by 98%.
1020 </p>
1021 <p>Clients may choose to open more than one connection to
1022 the server and use some connections to receive notifications
1023 while using other connections to issue commands to the
1024 back-end. This is entirely legal and up to the
1025 implementation. This does not change the protocol in any way
1026 and no special restrictions exist on the server to allow or
1027 disallow this or to track what connections belong to what
1028 front-ends. Server will listen on a single port, accept
1029 multiple connections and support protocol described in this
1030 specification in it's entirety on this single port on each
1031 connection that it accepted.
1032 </p>
1033 <p>Due to the fact that TCP is used for this communication,
1034 dead peers will be detected automatically by the OS TCP
1035 stack. While it may take a while to detect dead peers if no
1036 traffic is being sent from server to client (TCP keep-alive
1037 timer is set to 2 hours on many OSes) it will not be an
1038 issue here as when notifications are sent by the server,
1039 dead client will be detected quickly.
1040 </p>
1041 <p>When connection is closed for any reason server MUST
1042 forget all subscriptions that were made on this connection.
1043 If client reconnects it MUST resubscribe to all events that
1044 it wants to receive.
1045 </p>
1046 <a name="control_commands"></a><br /><hr />
1047 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1048 <a name="rfc.section.6"></a><h3>6.&nbsp;
1049 Description for control commands</h3>
1050
1051 <p>This chapter will describe the available control commands
1052 that can be sent on the TCP connection in detail. Some certain
1053 commands (e.g. <a class='info' href='#GET CHANNEL INFO'>"GET CHANNEL INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting sampler channel information</span><span>)</span></a>
1054 or <a class='info' href='#GET ENGINE INFO'>"GET ENGINE INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting information about an engine</span><span>)</span></a>) lead to
1055 multiple-line responses. In this case LinuxSampler signals the
1056 end of the response by a "." (single dot) line.
1057 </p>
1058 <a name="anchor8"></a><br /><hr />
1059 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1060 <a name="rfc.section.6.1"></a><h3>6.1.&nbsp;
1061 Ignored lines and comments</h3>
1062
1063 <p>White lines, that is lines which only contain space and
1064 tabulator characters, and lines that start with a "#"
1065 character are ignored, thus it's possible for example to
1066 group commands and to place comments in a LSCP script
1067 file.
1068 </p>
1069 <a name="anchor9"></a><br /><hr />
1070 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1071 <a name="rfc.section.6.2"></a><h3>6.2.&nbsp;
1072 Configuring audio drivers</h3>
1073
1074 <p>Instances of drivers in LinuxSampler are called devices.
1075 You can use multiple audio devices simultaneously, e.g. to
1076 output the sound of one sampler channel using the ALSA audio
1077 output driver, and on another sampler channel you might want
1078 to use the JACK audio output driver. For particular audio
1079 output systems it's also possible to create several devices
1080 of the same audio output driver, e.g. two separate ALSA
1081 audio output devices for using two different sound cards at
1082 the same time. This chapter describes all commands to
1083 configure LinuxSampler's audio output devices and their
1084 parameters.
1085 </p>
1086 <p>Instead of defining commands and parameters for each
1087 driver individually, all possible parameters, their meanings
1088 and possible values have to be obtained at runtime. This
1089 makes the protocol a bit abstract, but has the advantage,
1090 that front-ends can be written independently of what drivers
1091 are currently implemented and what parameters these drivers
1092 are actually offering. This means front-ends can even handle
1093 drivers which are implemented somewhere in future without
1094 modifying the front-end at all.
1095 </p>
1096 <p>Note: examples in this chapter showing particular
1097 parameters of drivers are not meant as specification of the
1098 drivers' parameters. Driver implementations in LinuxSampler
1099 might have complete different parameter names and meanings
1100 than shown in these examples or might change in future, so
1101 these examples are only meant for showing how to retrieve
1102 what parameters drivers are offering, how to retrieve their
1103 possible values, etc.
1104 </p>
1105 <a name="GET AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"></a><br /><hr />
1106 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1107 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.1"></a><h3>6.2.1.&nbsp;
1108 Getting amount of available audio output drivers</h3>
1109
1110 <p>Use the following command to get the number of
1111 audio output drivers currently available for the
1112 LinuxSampler instance:
1113 </p>
1114 <p>
1115 </p>
1116 <blockquote class="text">
1117 <p>GET AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS
1118 </p>
1119 </blockquote><p>
1120
1121 </p>
1122 <p>Possible Answers:
1123 </p>
1124 <p>
1125 </p>
1126 <blockquote class="text">
1127 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending the
1128 number of audio output drivers.
1129 </p>
1130 </blockquote><p>
1131
1132 </p>
1133 <p>Example:
1134 </p>
1135 <p>
1136 </p>
1137 <blockquote class="text">
1138 <p>C: "GET AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"
1139 </p>
1140 <p>S: "2"
1141 </p>
1142 </blockquote><p>
1143
1144 </p>
1145 <a name="LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"></a><br /><hr />
1146 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1147 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.2"></a><h3>6.2.2.&nbsp;
1148 Getting all available audio output drivers</h3>
1149
1150 <p>Use the following command to list all audio output
1151 drivers currently available for the LinuxSampler
1152 instance:
1153 </p>
1154 <p>
1155 </p>
1156 <blockquote class="text">
1157 <p>LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS
1158 </p>
1159 </blockquote><p>
1160
1161 </p>
1162 <p>Possible Answers:
1163 </p>
1164 <p>
1165 </p>
1166 <blockquote class="text">
1167 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending comma
1168 separated character strings, each symbolizing an
1169 audio output driver.
1170 </p>
1171 </blockquote><p>
1172
1173 </p>
1174 <p>Example:
1175 </p>
1176 <p>
1177 </p>
1178 <blockquote class="text">
1179 <p>C: "LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"
1180 </p>
1181 <p>S: "ALSA,JACK"
1182 </p>
1183 </blockquote><p>
1184
1185 </p>
1186 <a name="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO"></a><br /><hr />
1187 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1188 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.3"></a><h3>6.2.3.&nbsp;
1189 Getting information about a specific audio
1190 output driver</h3>
1191
1192 <p>Use the following command to get detailed information
1193 about a specific audio output driver:
1194 </p>
1195 <p>
1196 </p>
1197 <blockquote class="text">
1198 <p>GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO
1199 &lt;audio-output-driver&gt;
1200 </p>
1201 </blockquote><p>
1202
1203 </p>
1204 <p>Where &lt;audio-output-driver&gt; is the name of the
1205 audio output driver, returned by the
1206 <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS'>"LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available audio output drivers</span><span>)</span></a> command.
1207 </p>
1208 <p>Possible Answers:
1209 </p>
1210 <p>
1211 </p>
1212 <blockquote class="text">
1213 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a
1214 &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list. Each answer line
1215 begins with the information category name
1216 followed by a colon and then a space character
1217 &lt;SP&gt; and finally the info character string
1218 to that info category. At the moment the
1219 following information categories are
1220 defined:
1221 </p>
1222 <p>
1223 </p>
1224 <blockquote class="text">
1225 <p>DESCRIPTION -
1226 </p>
1227 <blockquote class="text">
1228 <p> character string describing the
1229 audio output driver
1230 </p>
1231 </blockquote>
1232
1233
1234 <p>VERSION -
1235 </p>
1236 <blockquote class="text">
1237 <p>character string reflecting the
1238 driver's version
1239 </p>
1240 </blockquote>
1241
1242
1243 <p>PARAMETERS -
1244 </p>
1245 <blockquote class="text">
1246 <p>comma separated list of all
1247 parameters available for the given
1248 audio output driver, at least
1249 parameters 'channels', 'samplerate'
1250 and 'active' are offered by all audio
1251 output drivers
1252 </p>
1253 </blockquote>
1254
1255
1256 </blockquote>
1257
1258
1259 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be
1260 in particular order.
1261 </p>
1262 </blockquote><p>
1263
1264 </p>
1265 <p>Example:
1266 </p>
1267 <p>
1268 </p>
1269 <blockquote class="text">
1270 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO ALSA"
1271 </p>
1272 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: Advanced Linux Sound
1273 Architecture"
1274 </p>
1275 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"VERSION: 1.0"
1276 </p>
1277 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"PARAMETERS:
1278 DRIVER,CHANNELS,SAMPLERATE,ACTIVE,FRAGMENTS,
1279 FRAGMENTSIZE,CARD"
1280 </p>
1281 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
1282 </p>
1283 </blockquote><p>
1284
1285 </p>
1286 <a name="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO"></a><br /><hr />
1287 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1288 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.4"></a><h3>6.2.4.&nbsp;
1289 Getting information about specific audio
1290 output driver parameter</h3>
1291
1292 <p>Use the following command to get detailed information
1293 about a specific audio output driver parameter:
1294 </p>
1295 <p>
1296 </p>
1297 <blockquote class="text">
1298 <p>GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO &lt;audio&gt; &lt;prm&gt; [&lt;deplist&gt;]
1299 </p>
1300 </blockquote><p>
1301
1302 </p>
1303 <p>Where &lt;audio&gt; is the name of the audio output
1304 driver as returned by the <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS'>"LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available audio output drivers</span><span>)</span></a> command,
1305 &lt;prm&gt; a specific parameter name for which information should be
1306 obtained (as returned by the
1307 <a class='info' href='#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO'>"GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting information about a specific audio output driver</span><span>)</span></a> command) and
1308 &lt;deplist&gt; is an optional list of parameters on which the sought
1309 parameter &lt;prm&gt; depends on, &lt;deplist&gt; is a list of key-value
1310 pairs in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...", where character string values
1311 are encapsulated into apostrophes ('). Arguments given with &lt;deplist&gt;
1312 which are not dependency parameters of &lt;prm&gt; will be ignored, means
1313 the front-end application can simply put all parameters into &lt;deplist&gt;
1314 with the values already selected by the user.
1315 </p>
1316 <p>Possible Answers:
1317 </p>
1318 <p>
1319 </p>
1320 <blockquote class="text">
1321 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a
1322 &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
1323 Each answer line begins with the information category name
1324 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and
1325 finally
1326 the info character string to that info category. There are
1327 information which is always returned, independently of the
1328 given driver parameter and there are optional information
1329 which is only shown dependently to given driver parameter. At
1330 the moment the following information categories are defined:
1331 </p>
1332 </blockquote><p>
1333
1334 </p>
1335 <p>
1336 </p>
1337 <blockquote class="text">
1338 <p>TYPE -
1339 </p>
1340 <blockquote class="text">
1341 <p>either "BOOL" for boolean value(s) or
1342 "INT" for integer
1343 value(s) or "FLOAT" for dotted number(s) or "STRING" for
1344 character string(s)
1345 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
1346 </p>
1347 </blockquote>
1348
1349
1350 <p>DESCRIPTION -
1351 </p>
1352 <blockquote class="text">
1353 <p>arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter
1354 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
1355 </p>
1356 </blockquote>
1357
1358
1359 <p>MANDATORY -
1360 </p>
1361 <blockquote class="text">
1362 <p>either true or false, defines if this parameter must be
1363 given when the device is to be created with the
1364 <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>'CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a>
1365 command (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
1366 </p>
1367 </blockquote>
1368
1369
1370 <p>FIX -
1371 </p>
1372 <blockquote class="text">
1373 <p>either true or false, if false then this parameter can
1374 be changed at any time, once the device is created by
1375 the <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>'CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a>
1376 command (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
1377 </p>
1378 </blockquote>
1379
1380
1381 <p>MULTIPLICITY -
1382 </p>
1383 <blockquote class="text">
1384 <p>either true or false, defines if this parameter allows
1385 only one value or a list of values, where true means
1386 multiple values and false only a single value allowed
1387 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
1388 </p>
1389 </blockquote>
1390
1391
1392 <p>DEPENDS -
1393 </p>
1394 <blockquote class="text">
1395 <p>comma separated list of parameters this parameter depends
1396 on, means the values for fields 'DEFAULT', 'RANGE_MIN',
1397 'RANGE_MAX' and 'POSSIBILITIES' might depend on these
1398 listed parameters, for example assuming that an audio
1399 driver (like the ALSA driver) offers parameters 'card'
1400 and 'samplerate' then parameter 'samplerate' would
1401 depend on 'card' because the possible values for
1402 'samplerate' depends on the sound card which can be
1403 chosen by the 'card' parameter
1404 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1405 </p>
1406 </blockquote>
1407
1408
1409 <p>DEFAULT -
1410 </p>
1411 <blockquote class="text">
1412 <p>reflects the default value for this parameter which is
1413 used when the device is created and not explicitly
1414 given with the <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>'CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a> command,
1415 in case of MULTIPLCITY=true, this is a comma separated
1416 list, that's why character strings are encapsulated into
1417 apostrophes (')
1418 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1419 </p>
1420 </blockquote>
1421
1422
1423 <p>RANGE_MIN -
1424 </p>
1425 <blockquote class="text">
1426 <p>defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
1427 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
1428 number, this parameter is often used in conjunction
1429 with RANGE_MAX, but may also appear without
1430 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1431 </p>
1432 </blockquote>
1433
1434
1435 <p>RANGE_MAX -
1436 </p>
1437 <blockquote class="text">
1438 <p>defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
1439 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
1440 number, this parameter is often used in conjunction with
1441 RANGE_MIN, but may also appear without
1442 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1443 </p>
1444 </blockquote>
1445
1446
1447 <p>POSSIBILITIES -
1448 </p>
1449 <blockquote class="text">
1450 <p>comma separated list of possible values for this
1451 parameter, character strings are encapsulated into
1452 apostrophes
1453 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
1454 </p>
1455 </blockquote>
1456
1457
1458 </blockquote><p>
1459
1460 </p>
1461 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
1462 </p>
1463 <p>Examples:
1464 </p>
1465 <p>
1466 </p>
1467 <blockquote class="text">
1468 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA CARD"
1469 </p>
1470 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: sound card to be used"
1471 </p>
1472 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"TYPE: STRING"
1473 </p>
1474 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MANDATORY: false"
1475 </p>
1476 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FIX: true"
1477 </p>
1478 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MULTIPLICITY: false"
1479 </p>
1480 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEFAULT: '0,0'"
1481 </p>
1482 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"POSSIBILITIES: '0,0','1,0','2,0'"
1483 </p>
1484 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
1485 </p>
1486 </blockquote><p>
1487
1488 </p>
1489 <p>
1490 </p>
1491 <blockquote class="text">
1492 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA SAMPLERATE"
1493 </p>
1494 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: output sample rate in Hz"
1495 </p>
1496 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"TYPE: INT"
1497 </p>
1498 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MANDATORY: false"
1499 </p>
1500 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FIX: false"
1501 </p>
1502 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MULTIPLICITY: false"
1503 </p>
1504 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEPENDS: card"
1505 </p>
1506 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEFAULT: 44100"
1507 </p>
1508 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
1509 </p>
1510 </blockquote><p>
1511
1512 </p>
1513 <p>
1514 </p>
1515 <blockquote class="text">
1516 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA SAMPLERATE CARD='0,0'"
1517 </p>
1518 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: output sample rate in Hz"
1519 </p>
1520 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"TYPE: INT"
1521 </p>
1522 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MANDATORY: false"
1523 </p>
1524 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FIX: false"
1525 </p>
1526 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MULTIPLICITY: false"
1527 </p>
1528 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEPENDS: card"
1529 </p>
1530 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEFAULT: 44100"
1531 </p>
1532 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"RANGE_MIN: 22050"
1533 </p>
1534 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"RANGE_MAX: 96000"
1535 </p>
1536 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
1537 </p>
1538 </blockquote><p>
1539
1540 </p>
1541 <a name="CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"></a><br /><hr />
1542 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1543 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.5"></a><h3>6.2.5.&nbsp;
1544 Creating an audio output device</h3>
1545
1546 <p>Use the following command to create a new audio output device for the desired audio output system:
1547 </p>
1548 <p>
1549 </p>
1550 <blockquote class="text">
1551 <p>CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE &lt;audio-output-driver&gt; [&lt;param-list&gt;]
1552 </p>
1553 </blockquote><p>
1554
1555 </p>
1556 <p>Where &lt;audio-output-driver&gt; should be replaced by the desired audio
1557 output system as returned by the
1558 <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS'>"LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available audio output drivers</span><span>)</span></a>
1559 command and &lt;param-list&gt; by an optional list of driver
1560 specific parameters in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...", where
1561 character string values should be encapsulated into apostrophes (').
1562 Note that there might be drivers which require parameter(s) to be
1563 given with this command. Use the previously described commands in
1564 this chapter to get this information.
1565 </p>
1566 <p>Possible Answers:
1567 </p>
1568 <p>
1569 </p>
1570 <blockquote class="text">
1571 <p>"OK[&lt;device-id&gt;]" -
1572 </p>
1573 <blockquote class="text">
1574 <p>in case the device was successfully created, where
1575 &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the new device
1576 </p>
1577 </blockquote>
1578
1579
1580 <p>"WRN[&lt;device-id&gt;]:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
1581 </p>
1582 <blockquote class="text">
1583 <p>in case the device was created successfully, where
1584 &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the new device, but there
1585 are noteworthy issue(s) related (e.g. sound card doesn't
1586 support given hardware parameters and the driver is using
1587 fall-back values), providing an appropriate warning code and
1588 warning message
1589 </p>
1590 </blockquote>
1591
1592
1593 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
1594 </p>
1595 <blockquote class="text">
1596 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
1597 </p>
1598 </blockquote>
1599
1600
1601 </blockquote><p>
1602
1603 </p>
1604 <p>Examples:
1605 </p>
1606 <p>
1607 </p>
1608 <blockquote class="text">
1609 <p>C: "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE ALSA"
1610 </p>
1611 <p>S: "OK[0]"
1612 </p>
1613 </blockquote><p>
1614
1615 </p>
1616 <p>
1617 </p>
1618 <blockquote class="text">
1619 <p>C: "CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE ALSA CARD='2,0' SAMPLERATE=96000"
1620 </p>
1621 <p>S: "OK[1]"
1622 </p>
1623 </blockquote><p>
1624
1625 </p>
1626 <a name="DESTROY AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"></a><br /><hr />
1627 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1628 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.6"></a><h3>6.2.6.&nbsp;
1629 Destroying an audio output device</h3>
1630
1631 <p>Use the following command to destroy a created output device:
1632 </p>
1633 <p>
1634 </p>
1635 <blockquote class="text">
1636 <p>DESTROY AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE &lt;device-id&gt;
1637 </p>
1638 </blockquote><p>
1639
1640 </p>
1641 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
1642 audio output device as given by the
1643 <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a>
1644 or <a class='info' href='#LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created audio output device list</span><span>)</span></a>
1645 command.
1646 </p>
1647 <p>Possible Answers:
1648 </p>
1649 <p>
1650 </p>
1651 <blockquote class="text">
1652 <p>"OK" -
1653 </p>
1654 <blockquote class="text">
1655 <p>in case the device was successfully destroyed
1656 </p>
1657 </blockquote>
1658
1659
1660 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
1661 </p>
1662 <blockquote class="text">
1663 <p>in case the device was destroyed successfully, but there are
1664 noteworthy issue(s) related (e.g. an audio over ethernet
1665 driver was unloaded but the other host might not be
1666 informed about this situation), providing an appropriate
1667 warning code and warning message
1668 </p>
1669 </blockquote>
1670
1671
1672 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
1673 </p>
1674 <blockquote class="text">
1675 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
1676 error message
1677 </p>
1678 </blockquote>
1679
1680
1681 </blockquote><p>
1682
1683 </p>
1684 <p>Example:
1685 </p>
1686 <p>
1687 </p>
1688 <blockquote class="text">
1689 <p>C: "DESTROY AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE 0"
1690 </p>
1691 <p>S: "OK"
1692 </p>
1693 </blockquote><p>
1694
1695 </p>
1696 <a name="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"></a><br /><hr />
1697 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1698 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.7"></a><h3>6.2.7.&nbsp;
1699 Getting all created audio output device count</h3>
1700
1701 <p>Use the following command to count all created audio output devices:
1702 </p>
1703 <p>
1704 </p>
1705 <blockquote class="text">
1706 <p>GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES
1707 </p>
1708 </blockquote><p>
1709
1710 </p>
1711 <p>Possible Answers:
1712 </p>
1713 <p>
1714 </p>
1715 <blockquote class="text">
1716 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending the current number of all
1717 audio output devices.
1718 </p>
1719 </blockquote><p>
1720
1721 </p>
1722 <p>Example:
1723 </p>
1724 <p>
1725 </p>
1726 <blockquote class="text">
1727 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"
1728 </p>
1729 <p>S: "4"
1730 </p>
1731 </blockquote><p>
1732
1733 </p>
1734 <a name="LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"></a><br /><hr />
1735 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1736 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.8"></a><h3>6.2.8.&nbsp;
1737 Getting all created audio output device list</h3>
1738
1739 <p>Use the following command to list all created audio output devices:
1740 </p>
1741 <p>
1742 </p>
1743 <blockquote class="text">
1744 <p>LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES
1745 </p>
1746 </blockquote><p>
1747
1748 </p>
1749 <p>Possible Answers:
1750 </p>
1751 <p>
1752 </p>
1753 <blockquote class="text">
1754 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a comma separated list with
1755 the numerical IDs of all audio output devices.
1756 </p>
1757 </blockquote><p>
1758
1759 </p>
1760 <p>Example:
1761 </p>
1762 <p>
1763 </p>
1764 <blockquote class="text">
1765 <p>C: "LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"
1766 </p>
1767 <p>S: "0,1,4,5"
1768 </p>
1769 </blockquote><p>
1770
1771 </p>
1772 <a name="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO"></a><br /><hr />
1773 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1774 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.9"></a><h3>6.2.9.&nbsp;
1775 Getting current settings of an audio output device</h3>
1776
1777 <p>Use the following command to get current settings of a specific, created audio output device:
1778 </p>
1779 <p>
1780 </p>
1781 <blockquote class="text">
1782 <p>GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO &lt;device-id&gt;
1783 </p>
1784 </blockquote><p>
1785
1786 </p>
1787 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; should be replaced by numerical ID
1788 of the audio output device as e.g. returned by the
1789 <a class='info' href='#LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created audio output device list</span><span>)</span></a> command.
1790 </p>
1791 <p>Possible Answers:
1792 </p>
1793 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
1794 Each answer line begins with the information category name
1795 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
1796 the info character string to that info category. As some
1797 parameters might allow multiple values, character strings are
1798 encapsulated into apostrophes ('). At the moment the following
1799 information categories are defined (independently of device):
1800 </p>
1801 <p>
1802 </p>
1803 <blockquote class="text">
1804 <p>DRIVER -
1805 </p>
1806 <blockquote class="text">
1807 <p>identifier of the used audio output driver, as also
1808 returned by the
1809 <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS'>"LIST AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available audio output drivers</span><span>)</span></a>
1810 command
1811 </p>
1812 </blockquote>
1813
1814
1815 <p>CHANNELS -
1816 </p>
1817 <blockquote class="text">
1818 <p>amount of audio output channels this device currently
1819 offers
1820 </p>
1821 </blockquote>
1822
1823
1824 <p>SAMPLERATE -
1825 </p>
1826 <blockquote class="text">
1827 <p>playback sample rate the device uses
1828 </p>
1829 </blockquote>
1830
1831
1832 <p>ACTIVE -
1833 </p>
1834 <blockquote class="text">
1835 <p>either true or false, if false then the audio device is
1836 inactive and doesn't output any sound, nor do the
1837 sampler channels connected to this audio device render
1838 any audio
1839 </p>
1840 </blockquote>
1841
1842
1843 </blockquote><p>
1844
1845 </p>
1846 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular
1847 order. The fields above are only those fields which are
1848 returned by all audio output devices. Every audio output driver
1849 might have its own, additional driver specific parameters (see
1850 <a class='info' href='#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER INFO'>Section&nbsp;6.2.3<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting information about a specific audio output driver</span><span>)</span></a>)
1851 which are also returned by this command.
1852 </p>
1853 <p>Example:
1854 </p>
1855 <p>
1856 </p>
1857 <blockquote class="text">
1858 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE INFO 0"
1859 </p>
1860 <p>S: "DRIVER: ALSA"
1861 </p>
1862 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"CHANNELS: 2"
1863 </p>
1864 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"SAMPLERATE: 44100"
1865 </p>
1866 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ACTIVE: true"
1867 </p>
1868 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FRAGMENTS: 2"
1869 </p>
1870 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FRAGMENTSIZE: 128"
1871 </p>
1872 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"CARD: '0,0'"
1873 </p>
1874 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
1875 </p>
1876 </blockquote><p>
1877
1878 </p>
1879 <a name="SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER"></a><br /><hr />
1880 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1881 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.10"></a><h3>6.2.10.&nbsp;
1882 Changing settings of audio output devices</h3>
1883
1884 <p>Use the following command to alter a specific setting of a created audio output device:
1885 </p>
1886 <p>
1887 </p>
1888 <blockquote class="text">
1889 <p>SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER &lt;device-id&gt; &lt;key&gt;=&lt;value&gt;
1890 </p>
1891 </blockquote><p>
1892
1893 </p>
1894 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
1895 audio output device as given by the
1896 <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a>
1897 or <a class='info' href='#LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created audio output device list</span><span>)</span></a>
1898 command, &lt;key&gt; by the name of the parameter to change
1899 and &lt;value&gt; by the new value for this parameter.
1900 </p>
1901 <p>Possible Answers:
1902 </p>
1903 <p>
1904 </p>
1905 <blockquote class="text">
1906 <p>"OK" -
1907 </p>
1908 <blockquote class="text">
1909 <p>in case setting was successfully changed
1910 </p>
1911 </blockquote>
1912
1913
1914 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
1915 </p>
1916 <blockquote class="text">
1917 <p>in case setting was changed successfully, but there are
1918 noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
1919 warning code and warning message
1920 </p>
1921 </blockquote>
1922
1923
1924 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
1925 </p>
1926 <blockquote class="text">
1927 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
1928 error message
1929 </p>
1930 </blockquote>
1931
1932
1933 </blockquote><p>
1934
1935 </p>
1936 <p>Example:
1937 </p>
1938 <p>
1939 </p>
1940 <blockquote class="text">
1941 <p>C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER 0 FRAGMENTSIZE=128"
1942 </p>
1943 <p>S: "OK"
1944 </p>
1945 </blockquote><p>
1946
1947 </p>
1948 <a name="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO"></a><br /><hr />
1949 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
1950 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.11"></a><h3>6.2.11.&nbsp;
1951 Getting information about an audio channel</h3>
1952
1953 <p>Use the following command to get information about an audio channel:
1954 </p>
1955 <p>
1956 </p>
1957 <blockquote class="text">
1958 <p>GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO &lt;device-id&gt; &lt;audio-chan&gt;
1959 </p>
1960 </blockquote><p>
1961
1962 </p>
1963 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the audio output device as given by the
1964 <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a>
1965 or <a class='info' href='#LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created audio output device list</span><span>)</span></a>
1966 command and &lt;audio-chan&gt; the audio channel number.
1967 </p>
1968 <p>Possible Answers:
1969 </p>
1970 <p>
1971 </p>
1972 <blockquote class="text">
1973 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
1974 Each answer line begins with the information category name
1975 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
1976 the info character string to that info category. At the moment
1977 the following information categories are defined:
1978 </p>
1979 <p>
1980 </p>
1981 <blockquote class="text">
1982 <p>NAME -
1983 </p>
1984 <blockquote class="text">
1985 <p>arbitrary character string naming the channel, which
1986 doesn't have to be unique (always returned by all audio channels)
1987 </p>
1988 </blockquote>
1989
1990
1991 <p>IS_MIX_CHANNEL -
1992 </p>
1993 <blockquote class="text">
1994 <p>either true or false, a mix-channel is not a real,
1995 independent audio channel, but a virtual channel which
1996 is mixed to another real channel, this mechanism is
1997 needed for sampler engines which need more audio
1998 channels than the used audio system might be able to offer
1999 (always returned by all audio channels)
2000 </p>
2001 </blockquote>
2002
2003
2004 <p>MIX_CHANNEL_DESTINATION -
2005 </p>
2006 <blockquote class="text">
2007 <p>numerical ID (positive integer including 0)
2008 which reflects the real audio channel (of the same audio
2009 output device) this mix channel refers to, means where
2010 the audio signal actually will be routed / added to
2011 (only returned in case the audio channel is mix channel)
2012 </p>
2013 </blockquote>
2014
2015
2016 </blockquote>
2017
2018
2019 </blockquote><p>
2020
2021 </p>
2022 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular
2023 order. The fields above are only those fields which are
2024 generally returned for the described cases by all audio
2025 channels regardless of the audio driver. Every audio channel
2026 might have its own, additional driver and channel specific
2027 parameters.
2028 </p>
2029 <p>Examples:
2030 </p>
2031 <p>
2032 </p>
2033 <blockquote class="text">
2034 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 0 0"
2035 </p>
2036 <p>S: "NAME: studio monitor left"
2037 </p>
2038 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"IS_MIX_CHANNEL: false"
2039 </p>
2040 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
2041 </p>
2042 </blockquote><p>
2043
2044 </p>
2045 <p>
2046 </p>
2047 <blockquote class="text">
2048 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 0 1"
2049 </p>
2050 <p>S: "NAME: studio monitor right"
2051 </p>
2052 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"IS_MIX_CHANNEL: false"
2053 </p>
2054 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
2055 </p>
2056 </blockquote><p>
2057
2058 </p>
2059 <p>
2060 </p>
2061 <blockquote class="text">
2062 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 0 2"
2063 </p>
2064 <p>S: "NAME: studio monitor left"
2065 </p>
2066 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"IS_MIX_CHANNEL: true"
2067 </p>
2068 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MIX_CHANNEL_DESTINATION: 1"
2069 </p>
2070 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
2071 </p>
2072 </blockquote><p>
2073
2074 </p>
2075 <p>
2076 </p>
2077 <blockquote class="text">
2078 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO 1 0"
2079 </p>
2080 <p>S: "NAME: 'ardour (left)'"
2081 </p>
2082 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"IS_MIX_CHANNEL: false"
2083 </p>
2084 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"JACK_BINDINGS: 'ardour:0'"
2085 </p>
2086 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
2087 </p>
2088 </blockquote><p>
2089
2090 </p>
2091 <a name="GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER INFO"></a><br /><hr />
2092 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2093 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.12"></a><h3>6.2.12.&nbsp;
2094 Getting information about specific audio channel parameter</h3>
2095
2096 <p>Use the following command to get detailed information about specific audio channel parameter:
2097 </p>
2098 <p>
2099 </p>
2100 <blockquote class="text">
2101 <p>GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER INFO &lt;dev-id&gt; &lt;chan&gt; &lt;param&gt;
2102 </p>
2103 </blockquote><p>
2104
2105 </p>
2106 <p>Where &lt;dev-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the audio output device as returned by the
2107 <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a>
2108 or <a class='info' href='#LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created audio output device list</span><span>)</span></a>
2109 command, &lt;chan&gt; the audio channel number
2110 and &lt;param&gt; a specific channel parameter name for which information should
2111 be obtained (as returned by the <a class='info' href='#GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO'>"GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting information about an audio channel</span><span>)</span></a> command).
2112 </p>
2113 <p>Possible Answers:
2114 </p>
2115 <p>
2116 </p>
2117 <blockquote class="text">
2118 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
2119 Each answer line begins with the information category name
2120 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
2121 the info character string to that info category. There are
2122 information which is always returned, independently of the
2123 given channel parameter and there is optional information
2124 which is only shown dependently to the given audio channel. At
2125 the moment the following information categories are defined:
2126 </p>
2127 <p>
2128 </p>
2129 <blockquote class="text">
2130 <p>TYPE -
2131 </p>
2132 <blockquote class="text">
2133 <p>either "BOOL" for boolean value(s) or "INT" for integer
2134 value(s) or "FLOAT" for dotted number(s) or "STRING" for
2135 character string(s)
2136 (always returned)
2137 </p>
2138 </blockquote>
2139
2140
2141 <p>DESCRIPTION -
2142 </p>
2143 <blockquote class="text">
2144 <p>arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter (always returned)
2145 </p>
2146 </blockquote>
2147
2148
2149 <p>FIX -
2150 </p>
2151 <blockquote class="text">
2152 <p>either true or false, if true then this parameter is
2153 read only, thus cannot be altered
2154 (always returned)
2155 </p>
2156 </blockquote>
2157
2158
2159 <p>MULTIPLICITY -
2160 </p>
2161 <blockquote class="text">
2162 <p>either true or false, defines if this parameter allows
2163 only one value or a list of values, where true means
2164 multiple values and false only a single value allowed
2165 (always returned)
2166 </p>
2167 </blockquote>
2168
2169
2170 <p>RANGE_MIN -
2171 </p>
2172 <blockquote class="text">
2173 <p>defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
2174 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
2175 number, usually used in conjunction with 'RANGE_MAX',
2176 but may also appear without
2177 (optionally returned, dependent to driver and channel
2178 parameter)
2179 </p>
2180 </blockquote>
2181
2182
2183 <p>RANGE_MAX -
2184 </p>
2185 <blockquote class="text">
2186 <p>defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
2187 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
2188 number, usually used in conjunction with 'RANGE_MIN',
2189 but may also appear without
2190 (optionally returned, dependent to driver and channel
2191 parameter)
2192 </p>
2193 </blockquote>
2194
2195
2196 <p>POSSIBILITIES -
2197 </p>
2198 <blockquote class="text">
2199 <p>comma separated list of possible values for this
2200 parameter, character strings are encapsulated into
2201 apostrophes
2202 (optionally returned, dependent to driver and channel
2203 parameter)
2204 </p>
2205 </blockquote>
2206
2207
2208 </blockquote>
2209
2210
2211 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
2212 </p>
2213 </blockquote><p>
2214
2215 </p>
2216 <p>Example:
2217 </p>
2218 <p>
2219 </p>
2220 <blockquote class="text">
2221 <p>C: "GET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER INFO 1 0 JACK_BINDINGS"
2222 </p>
2223 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: bindings to other JACK clients"
2224 </p>
2225 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"TYPE: STRING"
2226 </p>
2227 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FIX: false"
2228 </p>
2229 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MULTIPLICITY: true"
2230 </p>
2231 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"POSSIBILITIES: 'PCM:0','PCM:1','ardour:0','ardour:1'"
2232 </p>
2233 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
2234 </p>
2235 </blockquote><p>
2236
2237 </p>
2238 <a name="SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER"></a><br /><hr />
2239 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2240 <a name="rfc.section.6.2.13"></a><h3>6.2.13.&nbsp;
2241 Changing settings of audio output channels</h3>
2242
2243 <p>Use the following command to alter a specific setting of an audio output channel:
2244 </p>
2245 <p>
2246 </p>
2247 <blockquote class="text">
2248 <p>SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER &lt;dev-id&gt; &lt;chn&gt; &lt;key&gt;=&lt;value&gt;
2249 </p>
2250 </blockquote><p>
2251
2252 </p>
2253 <p>Where &lt;dev-id&gt; should be replaced by the numerical ID of the audio output device as returned by the
2254 <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a>
2255 or <a class='info' href='#LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created audio output device list</span><span>)</span></a>
2256 command, &lt;chn&gt; by the audio channel number, &lt;key&gt; by the name of the
2257 parameter to change and &lt;value&gt; by the new value for this parameter.
2258 </p>
2259 <p>Possible Answers:
2260 </p>
2261 <p>
2262 </p>
2263 <blockquote class="text">
2264 <p>"OK" -
2265 </p>
2266 <blockquote class="text">
2267 <p>in case setting was successfully changed
2268 </p>
2269 </blockquote>
2270
2271
2272 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
2273 </p>
2274 <blockquote class="text">
2275 <p>in case setting was changed successfully, but there are
2276 noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
2277 warning code and warning message
2278 </p>
2279 </blockquote>
2280
2281
2282 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
2283 </p>
2284 <blockquote class="text">
2285 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
2286 error message
2287 </p>
2288 </blockquote>
2289
2290
2291 </blockquote><p>
2292
2293 </p>
2294 <p>Example:
2295 </p>
2296 <p>
2297 </p>
2298 <blockquote class="text">
2299 <p>C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL PARAMETER 0 0 JACK_BINDINGS='PCM:0'"
2300 </p>
2301 <p>S: "OK"
2302 </p>
2303 </blockquote><p>
2304
2305 </p>
2306 <p>
2307 </p>
2308 <blockquote class="text">
2309 <p>C: "SET AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL PARAMETER 0 0 NAME='monitor left'"
2310 </p>
2311 <p>S: "OK"
2312 </p>
2313 </blockquote><p>
2314
2315 </p>
2316 <a name="anchor10"></a><br /><hr />
2317 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2318 <a name="rfc.section.6.3"></a><h3>6.3.&nbsp;
2319 Configuring MIDI input drivers</h3>
2320
2321 <p>Instances of drivers in LinuxSampler are called devices. You can use
2322 multiple MIDI devices simultaneously, e.g. to use MIDI over ethernet as
2323 MIDI input on one sampler channel and ALSA as MIDI input on another sampler
2324 channel. For particular MIDI input systems it's also possible to create
2325 several devices of the same MIDI input type. This chapter describes all
2326 commands to configure LinuxSampler's MIDI input devices and their parameters.
2327 </p>
2328 <p>Instead of defining commands and parameters for each driver individually,
2329 all possible parameters, their meanings and possible values have to be obtained
2330 at runtime. This makes the protocol a bit abstract, but has the advantage, that
2331 front-ends can be written independently of what drivers are currently implemented
2332 and what parameters these drivers are actually offering. This means front-ends can
2333 even handle drivers which are implemented somewhere in future without modifying
2334 the front-end at all.
2335 </p>
2336 <p>Commands for configuring MIDI input devices are pretty much the same as the
2337 commands for configuring audio output drivers, already described in the last
2338 chapter.
2339 </p>
2340 <p>Note: examples in this chapter showing particular parameters of drivers are
2341 not meant as specification of the drivers' parameters. Driver implementations in
2342 LinuxSampler might have complete different parameter names and meanings than shown
2343 in these examples or might change in future, so these examples are only meant for
2344 showing how to retrieve what parameters drivers are offering, how to retrieve their
2345 possible values, etc.
2346 </p>
2347 <a name="GET AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"></a><br /><hr />
2348 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2349 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.1"></a><h3>6.3.1.&nbsp;
2350 Getting amount of available MIDI input drivers</h3>
2351
2352 <p>Use the following command to get the number of
2353 MIDI input drivers currently available for the
2354 LinuxSampler instance:
2355 </p>
2356 <p>
2357 </p>
2358 <blockquote class="text">
2359 <p>GET AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS
2360 </p>
2361 </blockquote><p>
2362
2363 </p>
2364 <p>Possible Answers:
2365 </p>
2366 <p>
2367 </p>
2368 <blockquote class="text">
2369 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending the
2370 number of available MIDI input drivers.
2371 </p>
2372 </blockquote><p>
2373
2374 </p>
2375 <p>Example:
2376 </p>
2377 <p>
2378 </p>
2379 <blockquote class="text">
2380 <p>C: "GET AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"
2381 </p>
2382 <p>S: "2"
2383 </p>
2384 </blockquote><p>
2385
2386 </p>
2387 <a name="LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"></a><br /><hr />
2388 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2389 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.2"></a><h3>6.3.2.&nbsp;
2390 Getting all available MIDI input drivers</h3>
2391
2392 <p>Use the following command to list all MIDI input drivers currently available
2393 for the LinuxSampler instance:
2394 </p>
2395 <p>
2396 </p>
2397 <blockquote class="text">
2398 <p>LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS
2399 </p>
2400 </blockquote><p>
2401
2402 </p>
2403 <p>Possible Answers:
2404 </p>
2405 <p>
2406 </p>
2407 <blockquote class="text">
2408 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending comma separated character
2409 strings, each symbolizing a MIDI input driver.
2410 </p>
2411 </blockquote><p>
2412
2413 </p>
2414 <p>Example:
2415 </p>
2416 <p>
2417 </p>
2418 <blockquote class="text">
2419 <p>C: "LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"
2420 </p>
2421 <p>S: "ALSA,JACK"
2422 </p>
2423 </blockquote><p>
2424
2425 </p>
2426 <a name="GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO"></a><br /><hr />
2427 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2428 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.3"></a><h3>6.3.3.&nbsp;
2429 Getting information about a specific MIDI input driver</h3>
2430
2431 <p>Use the following command to get detailed information about a specific MIDI input driver:
2432 </p>
2433 <p>
2434 </p>
2435 <blockquote class="text">
2436 <p>GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO &lt;midi-input-driver&gt;
2437 </p>
2438 </blockquote><p>
2439
2440 </p>
2441 <p>Where &lt;midi-input-driver&gt; is the name of the MIDI input driver as returned
2442 by the <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS'>"LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available MIDI input drivers</span><span>)</span></a> command.
2443 </p>
2444 <p>Possible Answers:
2445 </p>
2446 <p>
2447 </p>
2448 <blockquote class="text">
2449 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
2450 Each answer line begins with the information category name
2451 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
2452 the info character string to that info category. At the moment
2453 the following information categories are defined:
2454 </p>
2455 <p>
2456 </p>
2457 <blockquote class="text">
2458 <p>DESCRIPTION -
2459 </p>
2460 <blockquote class="text">
2461 <p>arbitrary description text about the MIDI input driver
2462 </p>
2463 </blockquote>
2464
2465
2466 <p>VERSION -
2467 </p>
2468 <blockquote class="text">
2469 <p>arbitrary character string regarding the driver's version
2470 </p>
2471 </blockquote>
2472
2473
2474 <p>PARAMETERS -
2475 </p>
2476 <blockquote class="text">
2477 <p>comma separated list of all parameters available for the given MIDI input driver
2478 </p>
2479 </blockquote>
2480
2481
2482 </blockquote>
2483
2484
2485 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
2486 </p>
2487 </blockquote><p>
2488
2489 </p>
2490 <p>Example:
2491 </p>
2492 <p>
2493 </p>
2494 <blockquote class="text">
2495 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO ALSA"
2496 </p>
2497 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: Advanced Linux Sound Architecture"
2498 </p>
2499 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"VERSION: 1.0"
2500 </p>
2501 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"PARAMETERS: DRIVER,ACTIVE"
2502 </p>
2503 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
2504 </p>
2505 </blockquote><p>
2506
2507 </p>
2508 <a name="GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO"></a><br /><hr />
2509 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2510 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.4"></a><h3>6.3.4.&nbsp;
2511 Getting information about specific MIDI input driver parameter</h3>
2512
2513 <p>Use the following command to get detailed information about a specific parameter of a specific MIDI input driver:
2514 </p>
2515 <p>
2516 </p>
2517 <blockquote class="text">
2518 <p>GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO &lt;midit&gt; &lt;param&gt; [&lt;deplist&gt;]
2519 </p>
2520 </blockquote><p>
2521
2522 </p>
2523 <p>Where &lt;midit&gt; is the name of the MIDI input driver as returned
2524 by the <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS'>"LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available MIDI input drivers</span><span>)</span></a> command, &lt;param&gt; a specific
2525 parameter name for which information should be obtained (as returned by the
2526 <a class='info' href='#GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO'>"GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting information about a specific MIDI input driver</span><span>)</span></a> command) and &lt;deplist&gt; is an optional list
2527 of parameters on which the sought parameter &lt;param&gt; depends on,
2528 &lt;deplist&gt; is a key-value pair list in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...",
2529 where character string values are encapsulated into apostrophes ('). Arguments
2530 given with &lt;deplist&gt; which are not dependency parameters of &lt;param&gt;
2531 will be ignored, means the front-end application can simply put all parameters
2532 in &lt;deplist&gt; with the values selected by the user.
2533 </p>
2534 <p>Possible Answers:
2535 </p>
2536 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF> separated list.
2537 Each answer line begins with the information category name
2538 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP> and finally
2539 the info character string to that info category. There is
2540 information which is always returned, independent of the
2541 given driver parameter and there is optional information
2542 which is only shown dependent to given driver parameter. At
2543 the moment the following information categories are defined:
2544 </p>
2545 <p>
2546 </p>
2547 <blockquote class="text">
2548 <p>TYPE -
2549 </p>
2550 <blockquote class="text">
2551 <p>either "BOOL" for boolean value(s) or "INT" for integer
2552 value(s) or "FLOAT" for dotted number(s) or "STRING" for
2553 character string(s)
2554 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
2555 </p>
2556 </blockquote>
2557
2558
2559 <p>DESCRIPTION -
2560 </p>
2561 <blockquote class="text">
2562 <p>arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter
2563 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
2564 </p>
2565 </blockquote>
2566
2567
2568 <p>MANDATORY -
2569 </p>
2570 <blockquote class="text">
2571 <p>either true or false, defines if this parameter must be
2572 given when the device is to be created with the
2573 <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>'CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a> command
2574 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
2575 </p>
2576 </blockquote>
2577
2578
2579 <p>FIX -
2580 </p>
2581 <blockquote class="text">
2582 <p>either true or false, if false then this parameter can
2583 be changed at any time, once the device is created by
2584 the <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>'CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a> command
2585 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
2586 </p>
2587 </blockquote>
2588
2589
2590 <p>MULTIPLICITY -
2591 </p>
2592 <blockquote class="text">
2593 <p>either true or false, defines if this parameter allows
2594 only one value or a list of values, where true means
2595 multiple values and false only a single value allowed
2596 (always returned, no matter which driver parameter)
2597 </p>
2598 </blockquote>
2599
2600
2601 <p>DEPENDS -
2602 </p>
2603 <blockquote class="text">
2604 <p>comma separated list of parameters this parameter depends
2605 on, means the values for fields 'DEFAULT', 'RANGE_MIN',
2606 'RANGE_MAX' and 'POSSIBILITIES' might depend on these
2607 listed parameters, for example assuming that an audio
2608 driver (like the ALSA driver) offers parameters 'card'
2609 and 'samplerate' then parameter 'samplerate' would
2610 depend on 'card' because the possible values for
2611 'samplerate' depends on the sound card which can be
2612 chosen by the 'card' parameter
2613 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
2614 </p>
2615 </blockquote>
2616
2617
2618 <p>DEFAULT -
2619 </p>
2620 <blockquote class="text">
2621 <p>reflects the default value for this parameter which is
2622 used when the device is created and not explicitly
2623 given with the <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>'CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a> command,
2624 in case of MULTIPLCITY=true, this is a comma separated
2625 list, that's why character strings are encapsulated into
2626 apostrophes (')
2627 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
2628 </p>
2629 </blockquote>
2630
2631
2632 <p>RANGE_MIN -
2633 </p>
2634 <blockquote class="text">
2635 <p>defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
2636 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
2637 number, this parameter is often used in conjunction
2638 with RANGE_MAX, but may also appear without
2639 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
2640 </p>
2641 </blockquote>
2642
2643
2644 <p>RANGE_MAX -
2645 </p>
2646 <blockquote class="text">
2647 <p>defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
2648 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
2649 number, this parameter is often used in conjunction with
2650 RANGE_MIN, but may also appear without
2651 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
2652 </p>
2653 </blockquote>
2654
2655
2656 <p>POSSIBILITIES -
2657 </p>
2658 <blockquote class="text">
2659 <p>comma separated list of possible values for this
2660 parameter, character strings are encapsulated into
2661 apostrophes
2662 (optionally returned, dependent to driver parameter)
2663 </p>
2664 </blockquote>
2665
2666
2667 </blockquote><p>
2668
2669 </p>
2670 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
2671 </p>
2672 <p>Example:
2673 </p>
2674 <p>
2675 </p>
2676 <blockquote class="text">
2677 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER INFO ALSA ACTIVE"
2678 </p>
2679 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: Whether device is enabled"
2680 </p>
2681 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"TYPE: BOOL"
2682 </p>
2683 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MANDATORY: false"
2684 </p>
2685 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FIX: false"
2686 </p>
2687 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MULTIPLICITY: false"
2688 </p>
2689 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEFAULT: true"
2690 </p>
2691 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
2692 </p>
2693 </blockquote><p>
2694
2695 </p>
2696 <a name="CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"></a><br /><hr />
2697 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2698 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.5"></a><h3>6.3.5.&nbsp;
2699 Creating a MIDI input device</h3>
2700
2701 <p>Use the following command to create a new MIDI input device for the desired MIDI input system:
2702 </p>
2703 <p>
2704 </p>
2705 <blockquote class="text">
2706 <p>CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE &lt;midi-input-driver&gt; [&lt;param-list&gt;]
2707 </p>
2708 </blockquote><p>
2709
2710 </p>
2711 <p>Where &lt;midi-input-driver&gt; should be replaced by the desired MIDI input system as returned
2712 by the <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS'>"LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available MIDI input drivers</span><span>)</span></a> command and &lt;param-list&gt; by an
2713 optional list of driver specific parameters in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...", where
2714 character string values should be encapsulated into apostrophes (').
2715 Note that there might be drivers which require parameter(s) to be
2716 given with this command. Use the previously described commands in
2717 this chapter to get that information.
2718 </p>
2719 <p>Possible Answers:
2720 </p>
2721 <p>
2722 </p>
2723 <blockquote class="text">
2724 <p>"OK[&lt;device-id&gt;]" -
2725 </p>
2726 <blockquote class="text">
2727 <p>in case the device was successfully created, where
2728 &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the new device
2729 </p>
2730 </blockquote>
2731
2732
2733 <p>"WRN[&lt;device-id&gt;]:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
2734 </p>
2735 <blockquote class="text">
2736 <p>in case the driver was loaded successfully, where
2737 &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the new device, but
2738 there are noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an
2739 appropriate warning code and warning message
2740 </p>
2741 </blockquote>
2742
2743
2744 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
2745 </p>
2746 <blockquote class="text">
2747 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
2748 </p>
2749 </blockquote>
2750
2751
2752 </blockquote><p>
2753
2754 </p>
2755 <p>Example:
2756 </p>
2757 <p>
2758 </p>
2759 <blockquote class="text">
2760 <p>C: "CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE ALSA"
2761 </p>
2762 <p>S: "OK[0]"
2763 </p>
2764 </blockquote><p>
2765
2766 </p>
2767 <a name="DESTROY MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"></a><br /><hr />
2768 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2769 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.6"></a><h3>6.3.6.&nbsp;
2770 Destroying a MIDI input device</h3>
2771
2772 <p>Use the following command to destroy a created MIDI input device:
2773 </p>
2774 <p>
2775 </p>
2776 <blockquote class="text">
2777 <p>DESTROY MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE &lt;device-id&gt;
2778 </p>
2779 </blockquote><p>
2780
2781 </p>
2782 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; should be replaced by the device's numerical ID as returned by the
2783 <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a>
2784 or <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI input device list</span><span>)</span></a>
2785 command.
2786 </p>
2787 <p>Possible Answers:
2788 </p>
2789 <p>
2790 </p>
2791 <blockquote class="text">
2792 <p>"OK" -
2793 </p>
2794 <blockquote class="text">
2795 <p>in case the device was successfully destroyed
2796 </p>
2797 </blockquote>
2798
2799
2800 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
2801 </p>
2802 <blockquote class="text">
2803 <p>in case the device was destroyed, but there are noteworthy
2804 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
2805 warning message
2806 </p>
2807 </blockquote>
2808
2809
2810 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
2811 </p>
2812 <blockquote class="text">
2813 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
2814 </p>
2815 </blockquote>
2816
2817
2818 </blockquote><p>
2819
2820 </p>
2821 <p>Example:
2822 </p>
2823 <p>
2824 </p>
2825 <blockquote class="text">
2826 <p>C: "DESTROY MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE 0"
2827 </p>
2828 <p>S: "OK"
2829 </p>
2830 </blockquote><p>
2831
2832 </p>
2833 <a name="GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"></a><br /><hr />
2834 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2835 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.7"></a><h3>6.3.7.&nbsp;
2836 Getting all created MIDI input device count</h3>
2837
2838 <p>Use the following command to count all created MIDI input devices:
2839 </p>
2840 <p>
2841 </p>
2842 <blockquote class="text">
2843 <p>GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES
2844 </p>
2845 </blockquote><p>
2846
2847 </p>
2848 <p>Possible Answers:
2849 </p>
2850 <p>
2851 </p>
2852 <blockquote class="text">
2853 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending the current number of all
2854 MIDI input devices.
2855 </p>
2856 </blockquote><p>
2857
2858 </p>
2859 <p>Example:
2860 </p>
2861 <p>
2862 </p>
2863 <blockquote class="text">
2864 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"
2865 </p>
2866 <p>S: "3"
2867 </p>
2868 </blockquote><p>
2869
2870 </p>
2871 <a name="LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"></a><br /><hr />
2872 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2873 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.8"></a><h3>6.3.8.&nbsp;
2874 Getting all created MIDI input device list</h3>
2875
2876 <p>Use the following command to list all created MIDI input devices:
2877 </p>
2878 <p>
2879 </p>
2880 <blockquote class="text">
2881 <p>LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES
2882 </p>
2883 </blockquote><p>
2884
2885 </p>
2886 <p>Possible Answers:
2887 </p>
2888 <p>
2889 </p>
2890 <blockquote class="text">
2891 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a comma separated list
2892 with the numerical Ids of all created MIDI input devices.
2893 </p>
2894 </blockquote><p>
2895
2896 </p>
2897 <p>Examples:
2898 </p>
2899 <p>
2900 </p>
2901 <blockquote class="text">
2902 <p>C: "LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"
2903 </p>
2904 <p>S: "0,1,2"
2905 </p>
2906 </blockquote><p>
2907
2908 </p>
2909 <p>
2910 </p>
2911 <blockquote class="text">
2912 <p>C: "LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"
2913 </p>
2914 <p>S: "1,3"
2915 </p>
2916 </blockquote><p>
2917
2918 </p>
2919 <a name="GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE INFO"></a><br /><hr />
2920 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
2921 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.9"></a><h3>6.3.9.&nbsp;
2922 Getting current settings of a MIDI input device</h3>
2923
2924 <p>Use the following command to get current settings of a specific, created MIDI input device:
2925 </p>
2926 <p>
2927 </p>
2928 <blockquote class="text">
2929 <p>GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE INFO &lt;device-id&gt;
2930 </p>
2931 </blockquote><p>
2932
2933 </p>
2934 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the MIDI input device as returned by the
2935 <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a>
2936 or <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI input device list</span><span>)</span></a>
2937 command.
2938 </p>
2939 <p>Possible Answers:
2940 </p>
2941 <p>
2942 </p>
2943 <blockquote class="text">
2944 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
2945 Each answer line begins with the information category name
2946 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
2947 the info character string to that info category. As some
2948 parameters might allow multiple values, character strings are
2949 encapsulated into apostrophes ('). At the moment the following
2950 information categories are defined (independent of driver):
2951 </p>
2952 <p>
2953 </p>
2954 <blockquote class="text">
2955 <p>DRIVER -
2956 </p>
2957 <blockquote class="text">
2958 <p>identifier of the used MIDI input driver, as e.g.
2959 returned by the <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS'>"LIST AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available MIDI input drivers</span><span>)</span></a>
2960 command
2961 </p>
2962 </blockquote>
2963
2964
2965 </blockquote>
2966
2967 <blockquote class="text">
2968 <p>ACTIVE -
2969 </p>
2970 <blockquote class="text">
2971 <p>either true or false, if false then the MIDI device is
2972 inactive and doesn't listen to any incoming MIDI events
2973 and thus doesn't forward them to connected sampler
2974 channels
2975 </p>
2976 </blockquote>
2977
2978
2979 </blockquote>
2980
2981
2982 </blockquote><p>
2983
2984 </p>
2985 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular
2986 order. The fields above are only those fields which are
2987 returned by all MIDI input devices. Every MIDI input driver
2988 might have its own, additional driver specific parameters (see
2989 <a class='info' href='#GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO'>"GET MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting information about a specific MIDI input driver</span><span>)</span></a> command) which are also returned
2990 by this command.
2991 </p>
2992 <p>Example:
2993 </p>
2994 <p>
2995 </p>
2996 <blockquote class="text">
2997 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE INFO 0"
2998 </p>
2999 <p>S: "DRIVER: ALSA"
3000 </p>
3001 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ACTIVE: true"
3002 </p>
3003 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
3004 </p>
3005 </blockquote><p>
3006
3007 </p>
3008 <a name="SET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER"></a><br /><hr />
3009 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3010 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.10"></a><h3>6.3.10.&nbsp;
3011 Changing settings of MIDI input devices</h3>
3012
3013 <p>Use the following command to alter a specific setting of a created MIDI input device:
3014 </p>
3015 <p>
3016 </p>
3017 <blockquote class="text">
3018 <p>SET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER &lt;device-id&gt; &lt;key&gt;=&lt;value&gt;
3019 </p>
3020 </blockquote><p>
3021
3022 </p>
3023 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
3024 MIDI input device as returned by the
3025 <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a>
3026 or <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI input device list</span><span>)</span></a>
3027 command, &lt;key&gt; by the name of the parameter to change and
3028 &lt;value&gt; by the new value for this parameter.
3029 </p>
3030 <p>Possible Answers:
3031 </p>
3032 <p>
3033 </p>
3034 <blockquote class="text">
3035 <p>"OK" -
3036 </p>
3037 <blockquote class="text">
3038 <p>in case setting was successfully changed
3039 </p>
3040 </blockquote>
3041
3042
3043 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3044 </p>
3045 <blockquote class="text">
3046 <p>in case setting was changed successfully, but there are
3047 noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
3048 warning code and warning message
3049 </p>
3050 </blockquote>
3051
3052
3053 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3054 </p>
3055 <blockquote class="text">
3056 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
3057 </p>
3058 </blockquote>
3059
3060
3061 </blockquote><p>
3062
3063 </p>
3064 <p>Example:
3065 </p>
3066 <p>
3067 </p>
3068 <blockquote class="text">
3069 <p>C: "SET MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER 0 ACTIVE=false"
3070 </p>
3071 <p>S: "OK"
3072 </p>
3073 </blockquote><p>
3074
3075 </p>
3076 <a name="GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO"></a><br /><hr />
3077 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3078 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.11"></a><h3>6.3.11.&nbsp;
3079 Getting information about a MIDI port</h3>
3080
3081 <p>Use the following command to get information about a MIDI port:
3082 </p>
3083 <p>
3084 </p>
3085 <blockquote class="text">
3086 <p>GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO &lt;device-id&gt; &lt;midi-port&gt;
3087 </p>
3088 </blockquote><p>
3089
3090 </p>
3091 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the MIDI input device as returned by the
3092 <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a>
3093 or <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI input device list</span><span>)</span></a>
3094 command and &lt;midi-port&gt; the MIDI input port number.
3095 </p>
3096 <p>Possible Answers:
3097 </p>
3098 <p>
3099 </p>
3100 <blockquote class="text">
3101 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
3102 Each answer line begins with the information category name
3103 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
3104 the info character string to that info category. At the moment
3105 the following information categories are defined:
3106 </p>
3107 <p>NAME -
3108 </p>
3109 <blockquote class="text">
3110 <p>arbitrary character string naming the port
3111 </p>
3112 </blockquote>
3113
3114
3115 </blockquote><p>
3116
3117 </p>
3118 <p>The field above is only the one which is returned by all MIDI
3119 ports regardless of the MIDI driver and port. Every MIDI port
3120 might have its own, additional driver and port specific
3121 parameters.
3122 </p>
3123 <p>Example:
3124 </p>
3125 <p>
3126 </p>
3127 <blockquote class="text">
3128 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO 0 0"
3129 </p>
3130 <p>S: "NAME: 'Masterkeyboard'"
3131 </p>
3132 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ALSA_SEQ_BINDINGS: '64:0'"
3133 </p>
3134 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
3135 </p>
3136 </blockquote><p>
3137
3138 </p>
3139 <a name="GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER INFO"></a><br /><hr />
3140 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3141 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.12"></a><h3>6.3.12.&nbsp;
3142 Getting information about specific MIDI port parameter</h3>
3143
3144 <p>Use the following command to get detailed information about specific MIDI port parameter:
3145 </p>
3146 <p>
3147 </p>
3148 <blockquote class="text">
3149 <p>GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER INFO &lt;dev-id&gt; &lt;port&gt; &lt;param&gt;
3150 </p>
3151 </blockquote><p>
3152
3153 </p>
3154 <p>Where &lt;dev-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the MIDI input device as returned by the
3155 <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a>
3156 or <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI input device list</span><span>)</span></a>
3157 command, &lt;port&gt; the MIDI port number and
3158 &lt;param&gt; a specific port parameter name for which information should be
3159 obtained (as returned by the <a class='info' href='#GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO'>"GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting information about a MIDI port</span><span>)</span></a> command).
3160 </p>
3161 <p>Possible Answers:
3162 </p>
3163 <p>
3164 </p>
3165 <blockquote class="text">
3166 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
3167 Each answer line begins with the information category name
3168 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
3169 the info character string to that info category. There is
3170 information which is always returned, independently of the
3171 given channel parameter and there is optional information
3172 which are only shown dependently to the given MIDI port. At the
3173 moment the following information categories are defined:
3174 </p>
3175 <p>TYPE -
3176 </p>
3177 <blockquote class="text">
3178 <p>either "BOOL" for boolean value(s) or "INT" for integer
3179 value(s) or "FLOAT" for dotted number(s) or "STRING" for
3180 character string(s)
3181 (always returned)
3182 </p>
3183 </blockquote>
3184
3185
3186 <p>DESCRIPTION -
3187 </p>
3188 <blockquote class="text">
3189 <p>arbitrary text describing the purpose of the parameter
3190 (always returned)
3191 </p>
3192 </blockquote>
3193
3194
3195 <p>FIX -
3196 </p>
3197 <blockquote class="text">
3198 <p>either true or false, if true then this parameter is
3199 read only, thus cannot be altered
3200 (always returned)
3201 </p>
3202 </blockquote>
3203
3204
3205 <p>MULTIPLICITY -
3206 </p>
3207 <blockquote class="text">
3208 <p>either true or false, defines if this parameter allows
3209 only one value or a list of values, where true means
3210 multiple values and false only a single value allowed
3211 (always returned)
3212 </p>
3213 </blockquote>
3214
3215
3216 <p>RANGE_MIN -
3217 </p>
3218 <blockquote class="text">
3219 <p>defines lower limit of the allowed value range for this
3220 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
3221 number, this parameter is usually used in conjunction
3222 with 'RANGE_MAX' but may also appear without
3223 (optionally returned, dependent to driver and port
3224 parameter)
3225 </p>
3226 </blockquote>
3227
3228
3229 <p>RANGE_MAX -
3230 </p>
3231 <blockquote class="text">
3232 <p>defines upper limit of the allowed value range for this
3233 parameter, can be an integer value as well as a dotted
3234 number, this parameter is usually used in conjunction
3235 with 'RANGE_MIN' but may also appear without
3236 (optionally returned, dependent to driver and port
3237 parameter)
3238 </p>
3239 </blockquote>
3240
3241
3242 <p>POSSIBILITIES -
3243 </p>
3244 <blockquote class="text">
3245 <p>comma separated list of possible values for this
3246 parameter, character strings are encapsulated into
3247 apostrophes
3248 (optionally returned, dependent to device and port
3249 parameter)
3250 </p>
3251 </blockquote>
3252
3253
3254 </blockquote><p>
3255
3256 </p>
3257 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
3258 </p>
3259 <p>Example:
3260 </p>
3261 <p>
3262 </p>
3263 <blockquote class="text">
3264 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER INFO 0 0 ALSA_SEQ_BINDINGS"
3265 </p>
3266 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: bindings to other ALSA sequencer clients"
3267 </p>
3268 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"TYPE: STRING"
3269 </p>
3270 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FIX: false"
3271 </p>
3272 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MULTIPLICITY: true"
3273 </p>
3274 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"POSSIBILITIES: '64:0','68:0','68:1'"
3275 </p>
3276 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
3277 </p>
3278 </blockquote><p>
3279
3280 </p>
3281 <a name="SET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER"></a><br /><hr />
3282 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3283 <a name="rfc.section.6.3.13"></a><h3>6.3.13.&nbsp;
3284 Changing settings of MIDI input ports</h3>
3285
3286 <p>Use the following command to alter a specific setting of a MIDI input port:
3287 </p>
3288 <p>
3289 </p>
3290 <blockquote class="text">
3291 <p>SET MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER &lt;device-id&gt; &lt;port&gt; &lt;key&gt;=&lt;value&gt;
3292 </p>
3293 </blockquote><p>
3294
3295 </p>
3296 <p>Where &lt;device-id&gt; should be replaced by the numerical ID of the
3297 MIDI device as returned by the
3298 <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a>
3299 or <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI input device list</span><span>)</span></a>
3300 command, &lt;port&gt; by the MIDI port number, &lt;key&gt; by the name of
3301 the parameter to change and &lt;value&gt; by the new value for this
3302 parameter.
3303 </p>
3304 <p>Possible Answers:
3305 </p>
3306 <p>
3307 </p>
3308 <blockquote class="text">
3309 <p>"OK" -
3310 </p>
3311 <blockquote class="text">
3312 <p>in case setting was successfully changed
3313 </p>
3314 </blockquote>
3315
3316
3317 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3318 </p>
3319 <blockquote class="text">
3320 <p>in case setting was changed successfully, but there are
3321 noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
3322 warning code and warning message
3323 </p>
3324 </blockquote>
3325
3326
3327 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3328 </p>
3329 <blockquote class="text">
3330 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
3331 </p>
3332 </blockquote>
3333
3334
3335 </blockquote><p>
3336
3337 </p>
3338 <p>Example:
3339 </p>
3340 <p>
3341 </p>
3342 <blockquote class="text">
3343 <p>
3344 </p>
3345 </blockquote><p>
3346
3347 </p>
3348 <a name="anchor11"></a><br /><hr />
3349 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3350 <a name="rfc.section.6.4"></a><h3>6.4.&nbsp;
3351 Configuring sampler channels</h3>
3352
3353 <p>The following commands describe how to add and remove sampler channels, associate a
3354 sampler channel with a sampler engine, load instruments and connect sampler channels to
3355 MIDI and audio devices.
3356 </p>
3357 <a name="LOAD INSTRUMENT"></a><br /><hr />
3358 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3359 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.1"></a><h3>6.4.1.&nbsp;
3360 Loading an instrument</h3>
3361
3362 <p>An instrument file can be loaded and assigned to a sampler channel by one of the following commands:
3363 </p>
3364 <p>
3365 </p>
3366 <blockquote class="text">
3367 <p>LOAD INSTRUMENT [NON_MODAL] '&lt;filename&gt;' &lt;instr-index&gt; &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
3368 </p>
3369 </blockquote><p>
3370
3371 </p>
3372 <p>Where &lt;filename&gt; is the name of the instrument file on the
3373 LinuxSampler instance's host system, &lt;instr-index&gt; the index of the
3374 instrument in the instrument file and &lt;sampler-channel> is the
3375 number of the sampler channel the instrument should be assigned to.
3376 Each sampler channel can only have one instrument.
3377 </p>
3378 <p>The difference between regular and NON_MODAL versions of the command
3379 is that the regular command returns OK only after the instrument has been
3380 fully loaded and the channel is ready to be used while NON_MODAL version
3381 returns immediately and a background process is launched to load the instrument
3382 on the channel. The <a class='info' href='#GET CHANNEL INFO'>GET CHANNEL INFO<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting sampler channel information</span><span>)</span></a>
3383 command can be used to obtain loading
3384 progress from INSTRUMENT_STATUS field. LOAD command will perform sanity checks
3385 such as making sure that the file could be read and it is of a proper format
3386 and SHOULD return ERR and SHOULD not launch the background process should any
3387 errors be detected at that point.
3388 </p>
3389 <p>Possible Answers:
3390 </p>
3391 <p>
3392 </p>
3393 <blockquote class="text">
3394 <p>"OK" -
3395 </p>
3396 <blockquote class="text">
3397 <p>in case the instrument was successfully loaded
3398 </p>
3399 </blockquote>
3400
3401
3402 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3403 </p>
3404 <blockquote class="text">
3405 <p>in case the instrument was loaded successfully, but there
3406 are noteworthy issue(s) related (e.g. Engine doesn't support
3407 one or more patch parameters provided by the loaded
3408 instrument file), providing an appropriate warning code and
3409 warning message
3410 </p>
3411 </blockquote>
3412
3413
3414 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3415 </p>
3416 <blockquote class="text">
3417 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
3418 </p>
3419 </blockquote>
3420
3421
3422 </blockquote><p>
3423
3424 </p>
3425 <p>Example:
3426 </p>
3427 <p>
3428 </p>
3429 <blockquote class="text">
3430 <p>
3431 </p>
3432 </blockquote><p>
3433
3434 </p>
3435 <a name="LOAD ENGINE"></a><br /><hr />
3436 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3437 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.2"></a><h3>6.4.2.&nbsp;
3438 Loading a sampler engine</h3>
3439
3440 <p>A sampler engine type can be associated to a specific sampler
3441 channel by the following command:
3442 </p>
3443 <p>
3444 </p>
3445 <blockquote class="text">
3446 <p>LOAD ENGINE &lt;engine-name&gt; &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
3447 </p>
3448 </blockquote><p>
3449
3450 </p>
3451 <p>Where &lt;engine-name&gt; is an engine name as obtained by the
3452 <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES'>"LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available engines</span><span>)</span></a> command and &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
3453 the sampler channel as returned by the
3454 <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a> or
3455 <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command where
3456 the engine type should be assigned to. This command should be issued
3457 after adding a new sampler channel and before any other control
3458 commands on the new sampler channel. It can also be used to change
3459 the engine type of a sampler channel. This command has (currently) no
3460 way to define or force if a new engine instance should be created and
3461 assigned to the given sampler channel or if an already existing
3462 instance of that engine type, shared with other sampler channels,
3463 should be used.
3464 </p>
3465 <p>Possible Answers:
3466 </p>
3467 <p>
3468 </p>
3469 <blockquote class="text">
3470 <p>"OK" -
3471 </p>
3472 <blockquote class="text">
3473 <p>in case the engine was successfully deployed
3474 </p>
3475 </blockquote>
3476
3477
3478 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3479 </p>
3480 <blockquote class="text">
3481 <p>in case the engine was deployed successfully, but there
3482 are noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
3483 warning code and warning message
3484 </p>
3485 </blockquote>
3486
3487
3488 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3489 </p>
3490 <blockquote class="text">
3491 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3492 error message
3493 </p>
3494 </blockquote>
3495
3496
3497 </blockquote><p>
3498
3499 </p>
3500 <p>Example:
3501 </p>
3502 <p>
3503 </p>
3504 <blockquote class="text">
3505 <p>
3506 </p>
3507 </blockquote><p>
3508
3509 </p>
3510 <a name="GET CHANNELS"></a><br /><hr />
3511 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3512 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.3"></a><h3>6.4.3.&nbsp;
3513 Getting all created sampler channel count</h3>
3514
3515 <p>The number of sampler channels can change on runtime. To get the
3516 current amount of sampler channels, the front-end can send the
3517 following command:
3518 </p>
3519 <p>
3520 </p>
3521 <blockquote class="text">
3522 <p>GET CHANNELS
3523 </p>
3524 </blockquote><p>
3525
3526 </p>
3527 <p>Possible Answers:
3528 </p>
3529 <p>
3530 </p>
3531 <blockquote class="text">
3532 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the current number of sampler channels.
3533 </p>
3534 </blockquote><p>
3535
3536 </p>
3537 <p>Example:
3538 </p>
3539 <p>
3540 </p>
3541 <blockquote class="text">
3542 <p>C: "GET CHANNELS"
3543 </p>
3544 <p>S: "12"
3545 </p>
3546 </blockquote><p>
3547
3548 </p>
3549 <a name="LIST CHANNELS"></a><br /><hr />
3550 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3551 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.4"></a><h3>6.4.4.&nbsp;
3552 Getting all created sampler channel list</h3>
3553
3554 <p>The number of sampler channels can change on runtime. To get the
3555 current list of sampler channels, the front-end can send the
3556 following command:
3557 </p>
3558 <p>
3559 </p>
3560 <blockquote class="text">
3561 <p>LIST CHANNELS
3562 </p>
3563 </blockquote><p>
3564
3565 </p>
3566 <p>Possible Answers:
3567 </p>
3568 <p>
3569 </p>
3570 <blockquote class="text">
3571 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by returning a comma separated list
3572 with all sampler channels numerical IDs.
3573 </p>
3574 </blockquote><p>
3575
3576 </p>
3577 <p>Example:
3578 </p>
3579 <p>
3580 </p>
3581 <blockquote class="text">
3582 <p>C: "LIST CHANNELS"
3583 </p>
3584 <p>S: "0,1,2,3,4,5,6,9,10,11,15,20"
3585 </p>
3586 </blockquote><p>
3587
3588 </p>
3589 <a name="ADD CHANNEL"></a><br /><hr />
3590 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3591 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.5"></a><h3>6.4.5.&nbsp;
3592 Adding a new sampler channel</h3>
3593
3594 <p>A new sampler channel can be added to the end of the sampler
3595 channel list by sending the following command:
3596 </p>
3597 <p>
3598 </p>
3599 <blockquote class="text">
3600 <p>ADD CHANNEL
3601 </p>
3602 </blockquote><p>
3603
3604 </p>
3605 <p>This will increment the sampler channel count by one and the new
3606 sampler channel will be appended to the end of the sampler channel
3607 list. The front-end should send the respective, related commands
3608 right after to e.g. load an engine, load an instrument and setting
3609 input, output method and eventually other commands to initialize
3610 the new channel. The front-end should use the sampler channel
3611 returned by the answer of this command to perform the previously
3612 recommended commands, to avoid race conditions e.g. with other
3613 front-ends that might also have sent an "ADD CHANNEL" command.
3614 </p>
3615 <p>Possible Answers:
3616 </p>
3617 <p>
3618 </p>
3619 <blockquote class="text">
3620 <p>"OK[&lt;sampler-channel&gt;]" -
3621 </p>
3622 <blockquote class="text">
3623 <p>in case a new sampler channel could be added, where
3624 &lt;sampler-channel&gt; reflects the channel number of the new
3625 created sampler channel which should be used to set up
3626 the sampler channel by sending subsequent initialization
3627 commands
3628 </p>
3629 </blockquote>
3630
3631
3632 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3633 </p>
3634 <blockquote class="text">
3635 <p>in case a new channel was added successfully, but there are
3636 noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
3637 warning code and warning message
3638 </p>
3639 </blockquote>
3640
3641
3642 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3643 </p>
3644 <blockquote class="text">
3645 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3646 error message
3647 </p>
3648 </blockquote>
3649
3650
3651 </blockquote><p>
3652
3653 </p>
3654 <p>Example:
3655 </p>
3656 <p>
3657 </p>
3658 <blockquote class="text">
3659 <p>
3660 </p>
3661 </blockquote><p>
3662
3663 </p>
3664 <a name="REMOVE CHANNEL"></a><br /><hr />
3665 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3666 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.6"></a><h3>6.4.6.&nbsp;
3667 Removing a sampler channel</h3>
3668
3669 <p>A sampler channel can be removed by sending the following command:
3670 </p>
3671 <p>
3672 </p>
3673 <blockquote class="text">
3674 <p>REMOVE CHANNEL &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
3675 </p>
3676 </blockquote><p>
3677
3678 </p>
3679 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; should be replaced by the
3680 number of the sampler channel as given by the
3681 <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
3682 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a>
3683 command. The channel numbers of all subsequent sampler channels
3684 remain the same.
3685 </p>
3686 <p>Possible Answers:
3687 </p>
3688 <p>
3689 </p>
3690 <blockquote class="text">
3691 <p>"OK" -
3692 </p>
3693 <blockquote class="text">
3694 <p>in case the given sampler channel could be removed
3695 </p>
3696 </blockquote>
3697
3698
3699 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
3700 </p>
3701 <blockquote class="text">
3702 <p>in case the given channel was removed, but there are
3703 noteworthy issue(s) related, providing an appropriate
3704 warning code and warning message
3705 </p>
3706 </blockquote>
3707
3708
3709 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
3710 </p>
3711 <blockquote class="text">
3712 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
3713 error message
3714 </p>
3715 </blockquote>
3716
3717
3718 </blockquote><p>
3719
3720 </p>
3721 <p>Example:
3722 </p>
3723 <p>
3724 </p>
3725 <blockquote class="text">
3726 <p>
3727 </p>
3728 </blockquote><p>
3729
3730 </p>
3731 <a name="GET AVAILABLE_ENGINES"></a><br /><hr />
3732 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3733 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.7"></a><h3>6.4.7.&nbsp;
3734 Getting amount of available engines</h3>
3735
3736 <p>The front-end can ask for the number of available engines by sending the following command:
3737 </p>
3738 <p>
3739 </p>
3740 <blockquote class="text">
3741 <p>GET AVAILABLE_ENGINES
3742 </p>
3743 </blockquote><p>
3744
3745 </p>
3746 <p>Possible Answers:
3747 </p>
3748 <p>
3749 </p>
3750 <blockquote class="text">
3751 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending the number of available engines.
3752 </p>
3753 </blockquote><p>
3754
3755 </p>
3756 <p>Example:
3757 </p>
3758 <p>
3759 </p>
3760 <blockquote class="text">
3761 <p>C: "GET AVAILABLE_ENGINES"
3762 </p>
3763 <p>S: "4"
3764 </p>
3765 </blockquote><p>
3766
3767 </p>
3768 <a name="LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES"></a><br /><hr />
3769 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3770 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.8"></a><h3>6.4.8.&nbsp;
3771 Getting all available engines</h3>
3772
3773 <p>The front-end can ask for a list of all available engines by sending the following command:
3774 </p>
3775 <p>
3776 </p>
3777 <blockquote class="text">
3778 <p>LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES
3779 </p>
3780 </blockquote><p>
3781
3782 </p>
3783 <p>Possible Answers:
3784 </p>
3785 <p>
3786 </p>
3787 <blockquote class="text">
3788 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a comma separated list
3789 of the engines' names encapsulated into apostrophes (').
3790 Engine names can consist of lower and upper cases,
3791 digits and underlines ("_" character).
3792 </p>
3793 </blockquote><p>
3794
3795 </p>
3796 <p>Example:
3797 </p>
3798 <p>
3799 </p>
3800 <blockquote class="text">
3801 <p>C: "LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES"
3802 </p>
3803 <p>S: "'GigEngine','AkaiEngine','DLSEngine','JoesCustomEngine'"
3804 </p>
3805 </blockquote><p>
3806
3807 </p>
3808 <a name="GET ENGINE INFO"></a><br /><hr />
3809 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3810 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.9"></a><h3>6.4.9.&nbsp;
3811 Getting information about an engine</h3>
3812
3813 <p>The front-end can ask for information about a specific engine by
3814 sending the following command:
3815 </p>
3816 <p>
3817 </p>
3818 <blockquote class="text">
3819 <p>GET ENGINE INFO &lt;engine-name&gt;
3820 </p>
3821 </blockquote><p>
3822
3823 </p>
3824 <p>Where &lt;engine-name&gt; is an engine name as obtained by the
3825 <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES'>"LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available engines</span><span>)</span></a> command.
3826 </p>
3827 <p>Possible Answers:
3828 </p>
3829 <p>
3830 </p>
3831 <blockquote class="text">
3832 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
3833 Each answer line begins with the information category name
3834 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
3835 the info character string to that info category. At the moment
3836 the following categories are defined:
3837 </p>
3838 <p>
3839 </p>
3840 <blockquote class="text">
3841 <p>DESCRIPTION -
3842 </p>
3843 <blockquote class="text">
3844 <p>arbitrary description text about the engine
3845 </p>
3846 </blockquote>
3847
3848
3849 <p>VERSION -
3850 </p>
3851 <blockquote class="text">
3852 <p>arbitrary character string regarding the engine's version
3853 </p>
3854 </blockquote>
3855
3856
3857 </blockquote>
3858
3859
3860 </blockquote><p>
3861
3862 </p>
3863 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
3864 </p>
3865 <p>Example:
3866 </p>
3867 <p>
3868 </p>
3869 <blockquote class="text">
3870 <p>C: "GET ENGINE INFO JoesCustomEngine"
3871 </p>
3872 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: this is Joe's custom sampler engine"
3873 </p>
3874 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"VERSION: testing-1.0"
3875 </p>
3876 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
3877 </p>
3878 </blockquote><p>
3879
3880 </p>
3881 <a name="GET CHANNEL INFO"></a><br /><hr />
3882 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
3883 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.10"></a><h3>6.4.10.&nbsp;
3884 Getting sampler channel information</h3>
3885
3886 <p>The front-end can ask for the current settings of a sampler channel
3887 by sending the following command:
3888 </p>
3889 <p>
3890 </p>
3891 <blockquote class="text">
3892 <p>GET CHANNEL INFO &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
3893 </p>
3894 </blockquote><p>
3895
3896 </p>
3897 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the sampler channel number the front-end is interested in
3898 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
3899 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command.
3900 </p>
3901 <p>Possible Answers:
3902 </p>
3903 <p>
3904 </p>
3905 <blockquote class="text">
3906 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
3907 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
3908 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
3909 the info character string to that setting category. At the
3910 moment the following categories are defined:
3911 </p>
3912 <p>
3913 </p>
3914 <blockquote class="text">
3915 <p>ENGINE_NAME -
3916 </p>
3917 <blockquote class="text">
3918 <p>name of the engine that is associated with the sampler
3919 channel, "NONE" if there's no engine associated yet for
3920 this sampler channel
3921 </p>
3922 </blockquote>
3923
3924
3925 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE -
3926 </p>
3927 <blockquote class="text">
3928 <p>numerical ID of the audio output device which is
3929 currently connected to this sampler channel to output
3930 the audio signal, "NONE" if there's no device
3931 connected to this sampler channel
3932 </p>
3933 </blockquote>
3934
3935
3936 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNELS -
3937 </p>
3938 <blockquote class="text">
3939 <p>number of output channels the sampler channel offers
3940 (dependent to used sampler engine and loaded instrument)
3941 </p>
3942 </blockquote>
3943
3944
3945 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING -
3946 </p>
3947 <blockquote class="text">
3948 <p>comma separated list which reflects to which audio
3949 channel of the selected audio output device each
3950 sampler output channel is routed to, e.g. "0,3" would
3951 mean the engine's output channel 0 is routed to channel
3952 0 of the audio output device and the engine's output
3953 channel 1 is routed to the channel 3 of the audio
3954 output device
3955 </p>
3956 </blockquote>
3957
3958
3959 <p>INSTRUMENT_FILE -
3960 </p>
3961 <blockquote class="text">
3962 <p>the file name of the loaded instrument, "NONE" if
3963 there's no instrument yet loaded for this sampler
3964 channel
3965 </p>
3966 </blockquote>
3967
3968
3969 <p>INSTRUMENT_NR -
3970 </p>
3971 <blockquote class="text">
3972 <p>the instrument index number of the loaded instrument
3973 </p>
3974 </blockquote>
3975
3976
3977 <p>INSTRUMENT_NAME -
3978 </p>
3979 <blockquote class="text">
3980 <p>the instrument name of the loaded instrument
3981 </p>
3982 </blockquote>
3983
3984
3985 <p>INSTRUMENT_STATUS -
3986 </p>
3987 <blockquote class="text">
3988 <p>integer values 0 to 100 indicating loading progress percentage for the instrument. Negative
3989 value indicates a loading exception. Value of 100 indicates that the instrument is fully
3990 loaded.
3991 </p>
3992 </blockquote>
3993
3994
3995 <p>MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE -
3996 </p>
3997 <blockquote class="text">
3998 <p>numerical ID of the MIDI input device which is
3999 currently connected to this sampler channel to deliver
4000 MIDI input commands, "NONE" if there's no device
4001 connected to this sampler channel
4002 </p>
4003 </blockquote>
4004
4005
4006 <p>MIDI_INPUT_PORT -
4007 </p>
4008 <blockquote class="text">
4009 <p>port number of the MIDI input device
4010 </p>
4011 </blockquote>
4012
4013
4014 <p>MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL -
4015 </p>
4016 <blockquote class="text">
4017 <p>the MIDI input channel number this sampler channel
4018 should listen to or "ALL" to listen on all MIDI channels
4019 </p>
4020 </blockquote>
4021
4022
4023 <p>VOLUME -
4024 </p>
4025 <blockquote class="text">
4026 <p>optionally dotted number for the channel volume factor
4027 (where a value &lt; 1.0 means attenuation and a value >
4028 1.0 means amplification)
4029 </p>
4030 </blockquote>
4031
4032
4033 <p>MUTE -
4034 </p>
4035 <blockquote class="text">
4036 <p>Determines whether the channel is muted, "true" if the
4037 channel is muted, "false" if the channel is not muted, and
4038 "MUTED_BY_SOLO" if the channel is muted because of the
4039 presence of a solo channel and will be unmuted when
4040 there are no solo channels left
4041 </p>
4042 </blockquote>
4043
4044
4045 <p>SOLO -
4046 </p>
4047 <blockquote class="text">
4048 <p>Determines whether this is a solo channel, "true" if
4049 the channel is a solo channel; "false" otherwise
4050 </p>
4051 </blockquote>
4052
4053
4054 <p>MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP -
4055 </p>
4056 <blockquote class="text">
4057 <p>Determines to which MIDI instrument map this sampler
4058 channel is assigned to. Read chapter
4059 <a class='info' href='#SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP'>"SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Assigning a MIDI instrument map to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4060 for a list of possible values.
4061 </p>
4062 </blockquote>
4063
4064
4065 </blockquote>
4066
4067
4068 </blockquote><p>
4069
4070 </p>
4071 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
4072 </p>
4073 <p>Example:
4074 </p>
4075 <p>
4076 </p>
4077 <blockquote class="text">
4078 <p>C: "GET CHANNEL INFO 34"
4079 </p>
4080 <p>S: "ENGINE_NAME: GigEngine"
4081 </p>
4082 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"VOLUME: 1.0"
4083 </p>
4084 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE: 0"
4085 </p>
4086 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNELS: 2"
4087 </p>
4088 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING: 0,1"
4089 </p>
4090 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_FILE: /home/joe/FazioliPiano.gig"
4091 </p>
4092 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_NR: 0"
4093 </p>
4094 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_NAME: Fazioli Piano"
4095 </p>
4096 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_STATUS: 100"
4097 </p>
4098 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE: 0"
4099 </p>
4100 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MIDI_INPUT_PORT: 0"
4101 </p>
4102 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL: 5"
4103 </p>
4104 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"VOLUME: 1.0"
4105 </p>
4106 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MUTE: false"
4107 </p>
4108 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"SOLO: false"
4109 </p>
4110 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP: NONE"
4111 </p>
4112 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
4113 </p>
4114 </blockquote><p>
4115
4116 </p>
4117 <a name="GET CHANNEL VOICE_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
4118 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4119 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.11"></a><h3>6.4.11.&nbsp;
4120 Current number of active voices</h3>
4121
4122 <p>The front-end can ask for the current number of active voices on a
4123 sampler channel by sending the following command:
4124 </p>
4125 <p>
4126 </p>
4127 <blockquote class="text">
4128 <p>GET CHANNEL VOICE_COUNT &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
4129 </p>
4130 </blockquote><p>
4131
4132 </p>
4133 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the sampler channel number the front-end is interested in
4134 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4135 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command.
4136 </p>
4137 <p>Possible Answers:
4138 </p>
4139 <p>
4140 </p>
4141 <blockquote class="text">
4142 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number of active
4143 voices on that channel.
4144 </p>
4145 </blockquote><p>
4146
4147 </p>
4148 <p>Example:
4149 </p>
4150 <p>
4151 </p>
4152 <blockquote class="text">
4153 <p>
4154 </p>
4155 </blockquote><p>
4156
4157 </p>
4158 <a name="GET CHANNEL STREAM_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
4159 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4160 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.12"></a><h3>6.4.12.&nbsp;
4161 Current number of active disk streams</h3>
4162
4163 <p>The front-end can ask for the current number of active disk streams
4164 on a sampler channel by sending the following command:
4165 </p>
4166 <p>
4167 </p>
4168 <blockquote class="text">
4169 <p>GET CHANNEL STREAM_COUNT &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
4170 </p>
4171 </blockquote><p>
4172
4173 </p>
4174 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the sampler channel number the front-end is interested in
4175 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4176 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command.
4177 </p>
4178 <p>Possible Answers:
4179 </p>
4180 <p>
4181 </p>
4182 <blockquote class="text">
4183 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number of active
4184 disk streams on that channel in case the engine supports disk
4185 streaming, if the engine doesn't support disk streaming it will
4186 return "NA" for not available.
4187 </p>
4188 </blockquote><p>
4189
4190 </p>
4191 <p>Example:
4192 </p>
4193 <p>
4194 </p>
4195 <blockquote class="text">
4196 <p>
4197 </p>
4198 </blockquote><p>
4199
4200 </p>
4201 <a name="GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL"></a><br /><hr />
4202 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4203 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.13"></a><h3>6.4.13.&nbsp;
4204 Current fill state of disk stream buffers</h3>
4205
4206 <p>The front-end can ask for the current fill state of all disk streams
4207 on a sampler channel by sending the following command:
4208 </p>
4209 <p>
4210 </p>
4211 <blockquote class="text">
4212 <p>GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL BYTES &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
4213 </p>
4214 </blockquote><p>
4215
4216 </p>
4217 <p>to get the fill state in bytes or
4218 </p>
4219 <p>
4220 </p>
4221 <blockquote class="text">
4222 <p>GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
4223 </p>
4224 </blockquote><p>
4225
4226 </p>
4227 <p>to get the fill state in percent, where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the
4228 sampler channel number the front-end is interested in
4229 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4230 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command.
4231 </p>
4232 <p>Possible Answers:
4233 </p>
4234 <p>
4235 </p>
4236 <blockquote class="text">
4237 <p>LinuxSampler will either answer by returning a comma separated
4238 string with the fill state of all disk stream buffers on that
4239 channel or an empty line if there are no active disk streams or
4240 "NA" for *not available* in case the engine which is deployed
4241 doesn't support disk streaming. Each entry in the answer list
4242 will begin with the stream's ID in brackets followed by the
4243 numerical representation of the fill size (either in bytes or
4244 percentage). Note: due to efficiency reasons the fill states in
4245 the response are not in particular order, thus the front-end has
4246 to sort them by itself if necessary.
4247 </p>
4248 </blockquote><p>
4249
4250 </p>
4251 <p>Examples:
4252 </p>
4253 <p>
4254 </p>
4255 <blockquote class="text">
4256 <p>C: "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL BYTES 4"
4257 </p>
4258 <p>S: "[115]420500,[116]510300,[75]110000,[120]230700"
4259 </p>
4260 </blockquote><p>
4261
4262 </p>
4263 <blockquote class="text">
4264 <p>C: "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE 4"
4265 </p>
4266 <p>S: "[115]90%,[116]98%,[75]40%,[120]62%"
4267 </p>
4268 </blockquote><p>
4269
4270 </p>
4271 <blockquote class="text">
4272 <p>C: "GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE 4"
4273 </p>
4274 <p>S: ""
4275 </p>
4276 </blockquote><p>
4277
4278 </p>
4279 <a name="SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"></a><br /><hr />
4280 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4281 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.14"></a><h3>6.4.14.&nbsp;
4282 Setting audio output device</h3>
4283
4284 <p>The front-end can set the audio output device on a specific sampler
4285 channel by sending the following command:
4286 </p>
4287 <p>
4288 </p>
4289 <blockquote class="text">
4290 <p>SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;audio-device-id&gt;
4291 </p>
4292 </blockquote><p>
4293
4294 </p>
4295 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
4296 number as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4297 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command and
4298 &lt;audio-device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the audio output device as given by the
4299 <a class='info' href='#CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating an audio output device</span><span>)</span></a>
4300 or <a class='info' href='#LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created audio output device list</span><span>)</span></a>
4301 command.
4302 </p>
4303 <p>Possible Answers:
4304 </p>
4305 <p>
4306 </p>
4307 <blockquote class="text">
4308 <p>"OK" -
4309 </p>
4310 <blockquote class="text">
4311 <p>on success
4312 </p>
4313 </blockquote>
4314
4315
4316 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4317 </p>
4318 <blockquote class="text">
4319 <p>if audio output device was set, but there are noteworthy
4320 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4321 warning message
4322 </p>
4323 </blockquote>
4324
4325
4326 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4327 </p>
4328 <blockquote class="text">
4329 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4330 </p>
4331 </blockquote>
4332
4333
4334 </blockquote><p>
4335
4336 </p>
4337 <p>Examples:
4338 </p>
4339 <p>
4340 </p>
4341 <blockquote class="text">
4342 <p>
4343 </p>
4344 </blockquote><p>
4345
4346 </p>
4347 <a name="SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_TYPE"></a><br /><hr />
4348 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4349 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.15"></a><h3>6.4.15.&nbsp;
4350 Setting audio output type</h3>
4351
4352 <p>DEPRECATED: THIS COMMAND WILL DISAPPEAR SOON!
4353 </p>
4354 <p>The front-end can alter the audio output type on a specific sampler
4355 channel by sending the following command:
4356 </p>
4357 <p>
4358 </p>
4359 <blockquote class="text">
4360 <p>SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_TYPE &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;audio-output-type&gt;
4361 </p>
4362 </blockquote><p>
4363
4364 </p>
4365 <p>Where &lt;audio-output-type&gt; is currently either "ALSA" or "JACK" and
4366 &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel number.
4367 </p>
4368 <p>Possible Answers:
4369 </p>
4370 <p>
4371 </p>
4372 <blockquote class="text">
4373 <p>"OK" -
4374 </p>
4375 <blockquote class="text">
4376 <p>on success
4377 </p>
4378 </blockquote>
4379
4380
4381 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4382 </p>
4383 <blockquote class="text">
4384 <p>if audio output type was set, but there are noteworthy
4385 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4386 warning message
4387 </p>
4388 </blockquote>
4389
4390
4391 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4392 </p>
4393 <blockquote class="text">
4394 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4395 </p>
4396 </blockquote>
4397
4398
4399 </blockquote><p>
4400
4401 </p>
4402 <p>Examples:
4403 </p>
4404 <p>
4405 </p>
4406 <blockquote class="text">
4407 <p>
4408 </p>
4409 </blockquote><p>
4410
4411 </p>
4412 <a name="SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL"></a><br /><hr />
4413 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4414 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.16"></a><h3>6.4.16.&nbsp;
4415 Setting audio output channel</h3>
4416
4417 <p>The front-end can alter the audio output channel on a specific
4418 sampler channel by sending the following command:
4419 </p>
4420 <p>
4421 </p>
4422 <blockquote class="text">
4423 <p>SET CHANNEL AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL &lt;sampler-chan&gt; &lt;audio-out&gt; &lt;audio-in&gt;
4424 </p>
4425 </blockquote><p>
4426
4427 </p>
4428 <p>Where &lt;sampler-chan&gt; is the sampler channel number
4429 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4430 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command, &lt;audio-out&gt; is the
4431 numerical ID of the sampler channel's audio output channel which should be
4432 rerouted and &lt;audio-in&gt; is the numerical ID of the audio channel of the selected audio
4433 output device where &lt;audio-out&gt; should be routed to.
4434 </p>
4435 <p>Possible Answers:
4436 </p>
4437 <p>
4438 </p>
4439 <blockquote class="text">
4440 <p>"OK" -
4441 </p>
4442 <blockquote class="text">
4443 <p>on success
4444 </p>
4445 </blockquote>
4446
4447
4448 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4449 </p>
4450 <blockquote class="text">
4451 <p>if audio output channel was set, but there are noteworthy
4452 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4453 warning message
4454 </p>
4455 </blockquote>
4456
4457
4458 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4459 </p>
4460 <blockquote class="text">
4461 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4462 </p>
4463 </blockquote>
4464
4465
4466 </blockquote><p>
4467
4468 </p>
4469 <p>Examples:
4470 </p>
4471 <p>
4472 </p>
4473 <blockquote class="text">
4474 <p>
4475 </p>
4476 </blockquote><p>
4477
4478 </p>
4479 <a name="SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"></a><br /><hr />
4480 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4481 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.17"></a><h3>6.4.17.&nbsp;
4482 Setting MIDI input device</h3>
4483
4484 <p>The front-end can set the MIDI input device on a specific sampler
4485 channel by sending the following command:
4486 </p>
4487 <p>
4488 </p>
4489 <blockquote class="text">
4490 <p>SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;midi-device-id&gt;
4491 </p>
4492 </blockquote><p>
4493
4494 </p>
4495 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the sampler channel number
4496 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4497 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command
4498 and &lt;midi-device-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the MIDI input device as returned by the
4499 <a class='info' href='#CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE'>"CREATE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Creating a MIDI input device</span><span>)</span></a>
4500 or <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES'>"LIST MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI input device list</span><span>)</span></a> command.
4501 </p>
4502 <p>Possible Answers:
4503 </p>
4504 <p>
4505 </p>
4506 <blockquote class="text">
4507 <p>"OK" -
4508 </p>
4509 <blockquote class="text">
4510 <p>on success
4511 </p>
4512 </blockquote>
4513
4514
4515 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4516 </p>
4517 <blockquote class="text">
4518 <p>if MIDI input device was set, but there are noteworthy
4519 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4520 warning message
4521 </p>
4522 </blockquote>
4523
4524
4525 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4526 </p>
4527 <blockquote class="text">
4528 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4529 </p>
4530 </blockquote>
4531
4532
4533 </blockquote><p>
4534
4535 </p>
4536 <p>Examples:
4537 </p>
4538 <p>
4539 </p>
4540 <blockquote class="text">
4541 <p>
4542 </p>
4543 </blockquote><p>
4544
4545 </p>
4546 <a name="SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_TYPE"></a><br /><hr />
4547 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4548 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.18"></a><h3>6.4.18.&nbsp;
4549 Setting MIDI input type</h3>
4550
4551 <p>DEPRECATED: THIS COMMAND WILL DISAPPEAR SOON!
4552 </p>
4553 <p>The front-end can alter the MIDI input type on a specific sampler
4554 channel by sending the following command:
4555 </p>
4556 <p>
4557 </p>
4558 <blockquote class="text">
4559 <p>SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_TYPE &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;midi-input-type&gt;
4560 </p>
4561 </blockquote><p>
4562
4563 </p>
4564 <p>Where &lt;midi-input-type&gt; is currently only "ALSA" and
4565 &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel number.
4566 </p>
4567 <p>Possible Answers:
4568 </p>
4569 <p>
4570 </p>
4571 <blockquote class="text">
4572 <p>"OK" -
4573 </p>
4574 <blockquote class="text">
4575 <p>on success
4576 </p>
4577 </blockquote>
4578
4579
4580 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4581 </p>
4582 <blockquote class="text">
4583 <p>if MIDI input type was set, but there are noteworthy
4584 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4585 warning message
4586 </p>
4587 </blockquote>
4588
4589
4590 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4591 </p>
4592 <blockquote class="text">
4593 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4594 </p>
4595 </blockquote>
4596
4597
4598 </blockquote><p>
4599
4600 </p>
4601 <p>Examples:
4602 </p>
4603 <p>
4604 </p>
4605 <blockquote class="text">
4606 <p>
4607 </p>
4608 </blockquote><p>
4609
4610 </p>
4611 <a name="SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_PORT"></a><br /><hr />
4612 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4613 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.19"></a><h3>6.4.19.&nbsp;
4614 Setting MIDI input port</h3>
4615
4616 <p>The front-end can alter the MIDI input port on a specific sampler
4617 channel by sending the following command:
4618 </p>
4619 <p>
4620 </p>
4621 <blockquote class="text">
4622 <p>SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_PORT &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;midi-input-port&gt;
4623 </p>
4624 </blockquote><p>
4625
4626 </p>
4627 <p>Where &lt;midi-input-port&gt; is a MIDI input port number of the
4628 MIDI input device connected to the sampler channel given by
4629 &lt;sampler-channel&gt;.
4630 </p>
4631 <p>Possible Answers:
4632 </p>
4633 <p>
4634 </p>
4635 <blockquote class="text">
4636 <p>"OK" -
4637 </p>
4638 <blockquote class="text">
4639 <p>on success
4640 </p>
4641 </blockquote>
4642
4643
4644 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4645 </p>
4646 <blockquote class="text">
4647 <p>if MIDI input port was set, but there are noteworthy
4648 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4649 warning message
4650 </p>
4651 </blockquote>
4652
4653
4654 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4655 </p>
4656 <blockquote class="text">
4657 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4658 </p>
4659 </blockquote>
4660
4661
4662 </blockquote><p>
4663
4664 </p>
4665 <p>Examples:
4666 </p>
4667 <p>
4668 </p>
4669 <blockquote class="text">
4670 <p>
4671 </p>
4672 </blockquote><p>
4673
4674 </p>
4675 <a name="SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL"></a><br /><hr />
4676 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4677 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.20"></a><h3>6.4.20.&nbsp;
4678 Setting MIDI input channel</h3>
4679
4680 <p>The front-end can alter the MIDI channel a sampler channel should
4681 listen to by sending the following command:
4682 </p>
4683 <p>
4684 </p>
4685 <blockquote class="text">
4686 <p>SET CHANNEL MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;midi-input-chan&gt;
4687 </p>
4688 </blockquote><p>
4689
4690 </p>
4691 <p>Where &lt;midi-input-chan&gt; is the number of the new MIDI input channel where
4692 &lt;sampler-channel&gt; should listen to or "ALL" to listen on all 16 MIDI
4693 channels.
4694 </p>
4695 <p>Possible Answers:
4696 </p>
4697 <p>
4698 </p>
4699 <blockquote class="text">
4700 <p>"OK" -
4701 </p>
4702 <blockquote class="text">
4703 <p>on success
4704 </p>
4705 </blockquote>
4706
4707
4708 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4709 </p>
4710 <blockquote class="text">
4711 <p>if MIDI input channel was set, but there are noteworthy
4712 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4713 warning message
4714 </p>
4715 </blockquote>
4716
4717
4718 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4719 </p>
4720 <blockquote class="text">
4721 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4722 </p>
4723 </blockquote>
4724
4725
4726 </blockquote><p>
4727
4728 </p>
4729 <p>Examples:
4730 </p>
4731 <p>
4732 </p>
4733 <blockquote class="text">
4734 <p>
4735 </p>
4736 </blockquote><p>
4737
4738 </p>
4739 <a name="SET CHANNEL VOLUME"></a><br /><hr />
4740 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4741 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.21"></a><h3>6.4.21.&nbsp;
4742 Setting channel volume</h3>
4743
4744 <p>The front-end can alter the volume of a sampler channel by sending
4745 the following command:
4746 </p>
4747 <p>
4748 </p>
4749 <blockquote class="text">
4750 <p>SET CHANNEL VOLUME &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;volume&gt;
4751 </p>
4752 </blockquote><p>
4753
4754 </p>
4755 <p>Where &lt;volume&gt; is an optionally dotted positive number (a value
4756 smaller than 1.0 means attenuation, whereas a value greater than
4757 1.0 means amplification) and &lt;sampler-channel&gt; defines the sampler
4758 channel where this volume factor should be set.
4759 </p>
4760 <p>Possible Answers:
4761 </p>
4762 <p>
4763 </p>
4764 <blockquote class="text">
4765 <p>"OK" -
4766 </p>
4767 <blockquote class="text">
4768 <p>on success
4769 </p>
4770 </blockquote>
4771
4772
4773 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4774 </p>
4775 <blockquote class="text">
4776 <p>if channel volume was set, but there are noteworthy
4777 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4778 warning message
4779 </p>
4780 </blockquote>
4781
4782
4783 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4784 </p>
4785 <blockquote class="text">
4786 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4787 </p>
4788 </blockquote>
4789
4790
4791 </blockquote><p>
4792
4793 </p>
4794 <p>Examples:
4795 </p>
4796 <p>
4797 </p>
4798 <blockquote class="text">
4799 <p>
4800 </p>
4801 </blockquote><p>
4802
4803 </p>
4804 <a name="SET CHANNEL MUTE"></a><br /><hr />
4805 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4806 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.22"></a><h3>6.4.22.&nbsp;
4807 Muting a sampler channel</h3>
4808
4809 <p>The front-end can mute/unmute a specific sampler
4810 channel by sending the following command:
4811 </p>
4812 <p>
4813 </p>
4814 <blockquote class="text">
4815 <p>SET CHANNEL MUTE &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;mute&gt;
4816 </p>
4817 </blockquote><p>
4818
4819 </p>
4820 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
4821 number as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4822 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command and
4823 &lt;mute&gt; should be replaced either by "1" to mute the channel or "0"
4824 to unmute the channel.
4825 </p>
4826 <p>Possible Answers:
4827 </p>
4828 <p>
4829 </p>
4830 <blockquote class="text">
4831 <p>"OK" -
4832 </p>
4833 <blockquote class="text">
4834 <p>on success
4835 </p>
4836 </blockquote>
4837
4838
4839 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4840 </p>
4841 <blockquote class="text">
4842 <p>if the channel was muted/unmuted, but there are noteworthy
4843 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4844 warning message
4845 </p>
4846 </blockquote>
4847
4848
4849 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4850 </p>
4851 <blockquote class="text">
4852 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4853 </p>
4854 </blockquote>
4855
4856
4857 </blockquote><p>
4858
4859 </p>
4860 <p>Examples:
4861 </p>
4862 <p>
4863 </p>
4864 <blockquote class="text">
4865 <p>
4866 </p>
4867 </blockquote><p>
4868
4869 </p>
4870 <a name="SET CHANNEL SOLO"></a><br /><hr />
4871 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4872 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.23"></a><h3>6.4.23.&nbsp;
4873 Soloing a sampler channel</h3>
4874
4875 <p>The front-end can solo/unsolo a specific sampler channel
4876 by sending the following command:
4877 </p>
4878 <p>
4879 </p>
4880 <blockquote class="text">
4881 <p>SET CHANNEL SOLO &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;solo&gt;
4882 </p>
4883 </blockquote><p>
4884
4885 </p>
4886 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
4887 number as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4888 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command and
4889 &lt;solo&gt; should be replaced either by "1" to solo the channel or "0"
4890 to unsolo the channel.
4891 </p>
4892 <p>Possible Answers:
4893 </p>
4894 <p>
4895 </p>
4896 <blockquote class="text">
4897 <p>"OK" -
4898 </p>
4899 <blockquote class="text">
4900 <p>on success
4901 </p>
4902 </blockquote>
4903
4904
4905 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
4906 </p>
4907 <blockquote class="text">
4908 <p>if the channel was soloed/unsoloed, but there are noteworthy
4909 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
4910 warning message
4911 </p>
4912 </blockquote>
4913
4914
4915 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
4916 </p>
4917 <blockquote class="text">
4918 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
4919 </p>
4920 </blockquote>
4921
4922
4923 </blockquote><p>
4924
4925 </p>
4926 <p>Examples:
4927 </p>
4928 <p>
4929 </p>
4930 <blockquote class="text">
4931 <p>
4932 </p>
4933 </blockquote><p>
4934
4935 </p>
4936 <a name="SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"></a><br /><hr />
4937 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
4938 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.24"></a><h3>6.4.24.&nbsp;
4939 Assigning a MIDI instrument map to a sampler channel</h3>
4940
4941 <p>The front-end can assign a MIDI instrument map to a specific sampler channel
4942 by sending the following command:
4943 </p>
4944 <p>
4945 </p>
4946 <blockquote class="text">
4947 <p>SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;map&gt;
4948 </p>
4949 </blockquote><p>
4950
4951 </p>
4952 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
4953 number as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
4954 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command and
4955 &lt;map&gt; can have the following possibilites:
4956 </p>
4957 <p>
4958 </p>
4959 <blockquote class="text">
4960 <p>"NONE" -
4961 </p>
4962 <blockquote class="text">
4963 <p>This is the default setting. In this case
4964 the sampler channel is not assigned any MIDI
4965 instrument map and thus will ignore all MIDI
4966 program change messages.
4967 </p>
4968 </blockquote>
4969
4970
4971 <p>"DEFAULT" -
4972 </p>
4973 <blockquote class="text">
4974 <p>The sampler channel will always use the
4975 default MIDI instrument map to handle MIDI
4976 program change messages.
4977 </p>
4978 </blockquote>
4979
4980
4981 <p>numeric ID -
4982 </p>
4983 <blockquote class="text">
4984 <p>You can assign a specific MIDI instrument map
4985 by replacing &lt;map&gt; with the respective numeric
4986 ID of the MIDI instrument map as returned by the
4987 <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS'>"LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI instrument maps</span><span>)</span></a>
4988 command. Once that map will be deleted, the sampler
4989 channel would fall back to "NONE".
4990 </p>
4991 </blockquote>
4992
4993
4994 </blockquote><p>
4995
4996 </p>
4997 <p>Read chapter <a class='info' href='#MIDI Instrument Mapping'>"MIDI Instrument Mapping"<span> (</span><span class='info'>MIDI Instrument Mapping</span><span>)</span></a>
4998 for details regarding MIDI instrument mapping.
4999 </p>
5000 <p>Possible Answers:
5001 </p>
5002 <p>
5003 </p>
5004 <blockquote class="text">
5005 <p>"OK" -
5006 </p>
5007 <blockquote class="text">
5008 <p>on success
5009 </p>
5010 </blockquote>
5011
5012
5013 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5014 </p>
5015 <blockquote class="text">
5016 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
5017 </p>
5018 </blockquote>
5019
5020
5021 </blockquote><p>
5022
5023 </p>
5024 <p>Examples:
5025 </p>
5026 <p>
5027 </p>
5028 <blockquote class="text">
5029 <p>
5030 </p>
5031 </blockquote><p>
5032
5033 </p>
5034 <a name="CREATE FX_SEND"></a><br /><hr />
5035 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5036 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.25"></a><h3>6.4.25.&nbsp;
5037 Adding an effect send to a sampler channel</h3>
5038
5039 <p>The front-end can create an additional effect send on a specific sampler channel
5040 by sending the following command:
5041 </p>
5042 <p>
5043 </p>
5044 <blockquote class="text">
5045 <p>CREATE FX_SEND &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;midi-ctrl&gt; [&lt;name&gt;]
5046 </p>
5047 </blockquote><p>
5048
5049 </p>
5050 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
5051 number as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5052 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command, that is the
5053 sampler channel on which the effect send should be created on, &lt;midi-ctrl&gt;
5054 is a number between 0..127 defining the MIDI controller which can alter the
5055 effect send level and &lt;name&gt; is an optional argument defining a name
5056 for the effect send entity. The name does not have to be unique.
5057 </p>
5058 <p>By default, that is as initial routing, the effect send's audio channels
5059 are automatically routed to the last audio channels of the sampler channel's
5060 audio output device, that way you can i.e. first increase the amount of audio
5061 channels on the audio output device for having dedicated effect send output
5062 channels and when "CREATE FX_SEND" is called, those channels will automatically
5063 be picked. You can alter the destination channels however with
5064 <a class='info' href='#SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL'>"SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Altering effect send's audio routing</span><span>)</span></a>.
5065
5066 </p>
5067 <p>Note: Create effect sends on a sampler channel only when needed, because having effect
5068 sends on a sampler channel will decrease runtime performance, because for implementing channel
5069 effect sends, separate (sampler channel local) audio buffers are needed to render and mix
5070 the voices and route the audio signal afterwards to the master outputs and effect send
5071 outputs (along with their respective effect send levels). A sampler channel without effect
5072 sends however can mix its voices directly into the audio output devices's audio buffers
5073 and is thus faster.
5074
5075 </p>
5076 <p>Possible Answers:
5077 </p>
5078 <p>
5079 </p>
5080 <blockquote class="text">
5081 <p>"OK[&lt;fx-send-id&gt;]" -
5082 </p>
5083 <blockquote class="text">
5084 <p>in case a new effect send could be added to the
5085 sampler channel, where &lt;fx-send-id&gt; reflects the
5086 unique ID of the newly created effect send entity
5087 </p>
5088 </blockquote>
5089
5090
5091 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5092 </p>
5093 <blockquote class="text">
5094 <p>when a new effect send could not be added, i.e.
5095 due to invalid parameters
5096 </p>
5097 </blockquote>
5098
5099
5100 </blockquote><p>
5101
5102 </p>
5103 <p>Examples:
5104 </p>
5105 <p>
5106 </p>
5107 <blockquote class="text">
5108 <p>C: "CREATE FX_SEND 0 91 'Reverb Send'"
5109 </p>
5110 <p>S: "OK[0]"
5111 </p>
5112 </blockquote><p>
5113
5114 </p>
5115 <p>
5116 </p>
5117 <blockquote class="text">
5118 <p>C: "CREATE FX_SEND 0 93"
5119 </p>
5120 <p>S: "OK[1]"
5121 </p>
5122 </blockquote><p>
5123
5124 </p>
5125 <a name="DESTROY FX_SEND"></a><br /><hr />
5126 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5127 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.26"></a><h3>6.4.26.&nbsp;
5128 Removing an effect send from a sampler channel</h3>
5129
5130 <p>The front-end can remove an existing effect send on a specific sampler channel
5131 by sending the following command:
5132 </p>
5133 <p>
5134 </p>
5135 <blockquote class="text">
5136 <p>DESTROY FX_SEND &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt;
5137 </p>
5138 </blockquote><p>
5139
5140 </p>
5141 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
5142 number as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5143 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command, that is the
5144 sampler channel from which the effect send should be removed from and
5145 &lt;fx-send-id&gt; is the respective effect send number as returned by the
5146 <a class='info' href='#CREATE FX_SEND'>"CREATE FX_SEND"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding an effect send to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5147 or <a class='info' href='#LIST FX_SENDS'>"LIST FX_SENDS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a> command.
5148 </p>
5149 <p>Possible Answers:
5150 </p>
5151 <p>
5152 </p>
5153 <blockquote class="text">
5154 <p>"OK" -
5155 </p>
5156 <blockquote class="text">
5157 <p>on success
5158 </p>
5159 </blockquote>
5160
5161
5162 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5163 </p>
5164 <blockquote class="text">
5165 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
5166 error message
5167 </p>
5168 </blockquote>
5169
5170
5171 </blockquote><p>
5172
5173 </p>
5174 <p>Example:
5175 </p>
5176 <p>
5177 </p>
5178 <blockquote class="text">
5179 <p>C: "DESTROY FX_SEND 0 0"
5180 </p>
5181 <p>S: "OK"
5182 </p>
5183 </blockquote><p>
5184
5185 </p>
5186 <a name="GET FX_SENDS"></a><br /><hr />
5187 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5188 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.27"></a><h3>6.4.27.&nbsp;
5189 Getting amount of effect sends on a sampler channel</h3>
5190
5191 <p>The front-end can ask for the amount of effect sends on a specific sampler channel
5192 by sending the following command:
5193 </p>
5194 <p>
5195 </p>
5196 <blockquote class="text">
5197 <p>GET FX_SENDS &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
5198 </p>
5199 </blockquote><p>
5200
5201 </p>
5202 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
5203 number as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5204 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command.
5205 </p>
5206 <p>Possible Answers:
5207 </p>
5208 <p>
5209 </p>
5210 <blockquote class="text">
5211 <p>The sampler will answer by returning the number of effect
5212 sends on the given sampler channel.
5213 </p>
5214 </blockquote><p>
5215
5216 </p>
5217 <p>Example:
5218 </p>
5219 <p>
5220 </p>
5221 <blockquote class="text">
5222 <p>C: "GET FX_SENDS 0"
5223 </p>
5224 <p>S: "2"
5225 </p>
5226 </blockquote><p>
5227
5228 </p>
5229 <a name="LIST FX_SENDS"></a><br /><hr />
5230 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5231 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.28"></a><h3>6.4.28.&nbsp;
5232 Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel</h3>
5233
5234 <p>The front-end can ask for a list of effect sends on a specific sampler channel
5235 by sending the following command:
5236 </p>
5237 <p>
5238 </p>
5239 <blockquote class="text">
5240 <p>LIST FX_SENDS &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
5241 </p>
5242 </blockquote><p>
5243
5244 </p>
5245 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the respective sampler channel
5246 number as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5247 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command.
5248 </p>
5249 <p>Possible Answers:
5250 </p>
5251 <p>
5252 </p>
5253 <blockquote class="text">
5254 <p>The sampler will answer by returning a comma separated list
5255 with all effect sends' numerical IDs on the given sampler
5256 channel.
5257 </p>
5258 </blockquote><p>
5259
5260 </p>
5261 <p>Examples:
5262 </p>
5263 <p>
5264 </p>
5265 <blockquote class="text">
5266 <p>C: "LIST FX_SENDS 0"
5267 </p>
5268 <p>S: "0,1"
5269 </p>
5270 </blockquote><p>
5271
5272 </p>
5273 <p>
5274 </p>
5275 <blockquote class="text">
5276 <p>C: "LIST FX_SENDS 1"
5277 </p>
5278 <p>S: ""
5279 </p>
5280 </blockquote><p>
5281
5282 </p>
5283 <a name="GET FX_SEND INFO"></a><br /><hr />
5284 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5285 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.29"></a><h3>6.4.29.&nbsp;
5286 Getting effect send information</h3>
5287
5288 <p>The front-end can ask for the current settings of an effect send entity
5289 by sending the following command:
5290 </p>
5291 <p>
5292 </p>
5293 <blockquote class="text">
5294 <p>GET FX_SEND INFO &lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt;
5295 </p>
5296 </blockquote><p>
5297
5298 </p>
5299 <p>Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; is the sampler channel number
5300 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5301 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command and
5302 &lt;fx-send-id&gt; reflects the numerical ID of the effect send entity
5303 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#CREATE FX_SEND'>"CREATE FX_SEND"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding an effect send to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5304 or <a class='info' href='#LIST FX_SENDS'>"LIST FX_SENDS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a> command.
5305
5306 </p>
5307 <p>Possible Answers:
5308 </p>
5309 <p>
5310 </p>
5311 <blockquote class="text">
5312 <p>The sampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
5313 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
5314 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
5315 the info character string to that setting category. At the
5316 moment the following categories are defined:
5317 </p>
5318 <p>
5319 </p>
5320 <blockquote class="text">
5321 <p>NAME -
5322 </p>
5323 <blockquote class="text">
5324 <p>name of the effect send entity
5325 </p>
5326 </blockquote>
5327
5328
5329 <p>MIDI_CONTROLLER -
5330 </p>
5331 <blockquote class="text">
5332 <p>a value between 0 and 127 reflecting the MIDI controller
5333 which is able to modify the effect send's send level
5334 </p>
5335 </blockquote>
5336
5337
5338 <p>LEVEL -
5339 </p>
5340 <blockquote class="text">
5341 <p>optionally dotted number reflecting the effect send's
5342 current send level (where a value &lt; 1.0 means attenuation
5343 and a value > 1.0 means amplification)
5344 </p>
5345 </blockquote>
5346
5347
5348 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING -
5349 </p>
5350 <blockquote class="text">
5351 <p>comma separated list which reflects to which audio
5352 channel of the selected audio output device each
5353 effect send output channel is routed to, e.g. "0,3" would
5354 mean the effect send's output channel 0 is routed to channel
5355 0 of the audio output device and the effect send's output
5356 channel 1 is routed to the channel 3 of the audio
5357 output device (see
5358 <a class='info' href='#SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL'>"SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Altering effect send's audio routing</span><span>)</span></a>
5359 for details)
5360 </p>
5361 </blockquote>
5362
5363
5364 </blockquote>
5365
5366
5367 </blockquote><p>
5368
5369 </p>
5370 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
5371 </p>
5372 <p>Example:
5373 </p>
5374 <p>
5375 </p>
5376 <blockquote class="text">
5377 <p>C: "GET FX_SEND INFO 0 0"
5378 </p>
5379 <p>S: "NAME: Reverb Send"
5380 </p>
5381 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MIDI_CONTROLLER: 91"
5382 </p>
5383 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"LEVEL: 0.3"
5384 </p>
5385 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"AUDIO_OUTPUT_ROUTING: 2,3"
5386 </p>
5387 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
5388 </p>
5389 </blockquote><p>
5390
5391 </p>
5392 <a name="SET FX_SEND NAME"></a><br /><hr />
5393 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5394 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.30"></a><h3>6.4.30.&nbsp;
5395 Changing effect send's name</h3>
5396
5397 <p>The front-end can alter the current name of an effect
5398 send entity by sending the following command:
5399 </p>
5400 <p>
5401 </p>
5402 <blockquote class="text">
5403 <p>SET FX_SEND NAME &lt;sampler-chan&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt; &lt;name&gt;
5404 </p>
5405 </blockquote><p>
5406
5407 </p>
5408 <p>Where &lt;sampler-chan&gt; is the sampler channel number
5409 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5410 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command,
5411 &lt;fx-send-id&gt; reflects the numerical ID of the effect send entity
5412 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#CREATE FX_SEND'>"CREATE FX_SEND"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding an effect send to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5413 or <a class='info' href='#LIST FX_SENDS'>"LIST FX_SENDS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a> command and
5414 &lt;name&gt; is the new name of the effect send entity, which
5415 does not have to be unique.
5416 </p>
5417 <p>Possible Answers:
5418 </p>
5419 <p>
5420 </p>
5421 <blockquote class="text">
5422 <p>"OK" -
5423 </p>
5424 <blockquote class="text">
5425 <p>on success
5426 </p>
5427 </blockquote>
5428
5429
5430 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5431 </p>
5432 <blockquote class="text">
5433 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
5434 </p>
5435 </blockquote>
5436
5437
5438 </blockquote><p>
5439
5440 </p>
5441 <p>Example:
5442 </p>
5443 <p>
5444 </p>
5445 <blockquote class="text">
5446 <p>C: "SET FX_SEND NAME 0 0 'Fx Send 1'"
5447 </p>
5448 <p>S: "OK"
5449 </p>
5450 </blockquote><p>
5451
5452 </p>
5453 <a name="SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL"></a><br /><hr />
5454 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5455 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.31"></a><h3>6.4.31.&nbsp;
5456 Altering effect send's audio routing</h3>
5457
5458 <p>The front-end can alter the destination of an effect send's audio channel on a specific
5459 sampler channel by sending the following command:
5460 </p>
5461 <p>
5462 </p>
5463 <blockquote class="text">
5464 <p>SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL &lt;sampler-chan&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt; &lt;audio-src&gt; &lt;audio-dst&gt;
5465 </p>
5466 </blockquote><p>
5467
5468 </p>
5469 <p>Where &lt;sampler-chan&gt; is the sampler channel number
5470 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5471 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command,
5472 &lt;fx-send-id&gt; reflects the numerical ID of the effect send entity
5473 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#CREATE FX_SEND'>"CREATE FX_SEND"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding an effect send to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5474 or <a class='info' href='#LIST FX_SENDS'>"LIST FX_SENDS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a> command,
5475 &lt;audio-src&gt; is the numerical ID of the effect send's audio channel
5476 which should be rerouted and &lt;audio-dst&gt; is the numerical ID of
5477 the audio channel of the selected audio output device where &lt;audio-src&gt;
5478 should be routed to.
5479 </p>
5480 <p>Note that effect sends can only route audio to the same audio output
5481 device as assigned to the effect send's sampler channel. Also note that an
5482 effect send entity does always have exactly as much audio channels as its
5483 sampler channel. So if the sampler channel is stereo, the effect send does
5484 have two audio channels as well. Also keep in mind that the amount of audio
5485 channels on a sampler channel might be dependant not only to the deployed
5486 sampler engine on the sampler channel, but also dependant to the instrument
5487 currently loaded. However you can (effectively) turn an i.e. stereo effect
5488 send into a mono one by simply altering its audio routing appropriately.
5489 </p>
5490 <p>Possible Answers:
5491 </p>
5492 <p>
5493 </p>
5494 <blockquote class="text">
5495 <p>"OK" -
5496 </p>
5497 <blockquote class="text">
5498 <p>on success
5499 </p>
5500 </blockquote>
5501
5502
5503 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
5504 </p>
5505 <blockquote class="text">
5506 <p>if audio output channel was set, but there are noteworthy
5507 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
5508 warning message
5509 </p>
5510 </blockquote>
5511
5512
5513 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5514 </p>
5515 <blockquote class="text">
5516 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
5517 </p>
5518 </blockquote>
5519
5520
5521 </blockquote><p>
5522
5523 </p>
5524 <p>Example:
5525 </p>
5526 <p>
5527 </p>
5528 <blockquote class="text">
5529 <p>C: "SET FX_SEND AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL 0 0 0 2"
5530 </p>
5531 <p>S: "OK"
5532 </p>
5533 </blockquote><p>
5534
5535 </p>
5536 <a name="SET FX_SEND MIDI_CONTROLLER"></a><br /><hr />
5537 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5538 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.32"></a><h3>6.4.32.&nbsp;
5539 Altering effect send's MIDI controller</h3>
5540
5541 <p>The front-end can alter the MIDI controller of an effect
5542 send entity by sending the following command:
5543 </p>
5544 <p>
5545 </p>
5546 <blockquote class="text">
5547 <p>SET FX_SEND MIDI_CONTROLLER &lt;sampler-chan&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt; &lt;midi-ctrl&gt;
5548 </p>
5549 </blockquote><p>
5550
5551 </p>
5552 <p>Where &lt;sampler-chan&gt; is the sampler channel number
5553 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5554 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command,
5555 &lt;fx-send-id&gt; reflects the numerical ID of the effect send entity
5556 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#CREATE FX_SEND'>"CREATE FX_SEND"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding an effect send to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5557 or <a class='info' href='#LIST FX_SENDS'>"LIST FX_SENDS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a> command and
5558 &lt;midi-ctrl&gt; reflects the MIDI controller which shall be
5559 able to modify the effect send's send level.
5560 </p>
5561 <p>Possible Answers:
5562 </p>
5563 <p>
5564 </p>
5565 <blockquote class="text">
5566 <p>"OK" -
5567 </p>
5568 <blockquote class="text">
5569 <p>on success
5570 </p>
5571 </blockquote>
5572
5573
5574 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
5575 </p>
5576 <blockquote class="text">
5577 <p>if MIDI controller was set, but there are noteworthy
5578 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
5579 warning message
5580 </p>
5581 </blockquote>
5582
5583
5584 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5585 </p>
5586 <blockquote class="text">
5587 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
5588 </p>
5589 </blockquote>
5590
5591
5592 </blockquote><p>
5593
5594 </p>
5595 <p>Example:
5596 </p>
5597 <p>
5598 </p>
5599 <blockquote class="text">
5600 <p>C: "SET FX_SEND MIDI_CONTROLLER 0 0 91"
5601 </p>
5602 <p>S: "OK"
5603 </p>
5604 </blockquote><p>
5605
5606 </p>
5607 <a name="SET FX_SEND LEVEL"></a><br /><hr />
5608 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5609 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.33"></a><h3>6.4.33.&nbsp;
5610 Altering effect send's send level</h3>
5611
5612 <p>The front-end can alter the current send level of an effect
5613 send entity by sending the following command:
5614 </p>
5615 <p>
5616 </p>
5617 <blockquote class="text">
5618 <p>SET FX_SEND LEVEL &lt;sampler-chan&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt; &lt;volume&gt;
5619 </p>
5620 </blockquote><p>
5621
5622 </p>
5623 <p>Where &lt;sampler-chan&gt; is the sampler channel number
5624 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#ADD CHANNEL'>"ADD CHANNEL"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding a new sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5625 or <a class='info' href='#LIST CHANNELS'>"LIST CHANNELS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created sampler channel list</span><span>)</span></a> command,
5626 &lt;fx-send-id&gt; reflects the numerical ID of the effect send entity
5627 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#CREATE FX_SEND'>"CREATE FX_SEND"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Adding an effect send to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
5628 or <a class='info' href='#LIST FX_SENDS'>"LIST FX_SENDS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Listing all effect sends on a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a> command and
5629 &lt;volume&gt; is an optionally dotted positive number (a value
5630 smaller than 1.0 means attenuation, whereas a value greater than
5631 1.0 means amplification) reflecting the new send level.
5632 </p>
5633 <p>Possible Answers:
5634 </p>
5635 <p>
5636 </p>
5637 <blockquote class="text">
5638 <p>"OK" -
5639 </p>
5640 <blockquote class="text">
5641 <p>on success
5642 </p>
5643 </blockquote>
5644
5645
5646 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
5647 </p>
5648 <blockquote class="text">
5649 <p>if new send level was set, but there are noteworthy
5650 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
5651 warning message
5652 </p>
5653 </blockquote>
5654
5655
5656 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5657 </p>
5658 <blockquote class="text">
5659 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
5660 </p>
5661 </blockquote>
5662
5663
5664 </blockquote><p>
5665
5666 </p>
5667 <p>Example:
5668 </p>
5669 <p>
5670 </p>
5671 <blockquote class="text">
5672 <p>C: "SET FX_SEND LEVEL 0 0 0.15"
5673 </p>
5674 <p>S: "OK"
5675 </p>
5676 </blockquote><p>
5677
5678 </p>
5679 <a name="RESET CHANNEL"></a><br /><hr />
5680 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5681 <a name="rfc.section.6.4.34"></a><h3>6.4.34.&nbsp;
5682 Resetting a sampler channel</h3>
5683
5684 <p>The front-end can reset a particular sampler channel by sending the following command:
5685 </p>
5686 <p>
5687 </p>
5688 <blockquote class="text">
5689 <p>RESET CHANNEL &lt;sampler-channel&gt;
5690 </p>
5691 </blockquote><p>
5692
5693 </p>
5694 <p>
5695 Where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; defines the sampler channel to be reset.
5696 This will cause the engine on that sampler channel, its voices and
5697 eventually disk streams and all control and status variables to be
5698 reset.
5699 </p>
5700 <p>Possible Answers:
5701 </p>
5702 <p>
5703 </p>
5704 <blockquote class="text">
5705 <p>"OK" -
5706 </p>
5707 <blockquote class="text">
5708 <p>on success
5709 </p>
5710 </blockquote>
5711
5712
5713 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
5714 </p>
5715 <blockquote class="text">
5716 <p>if channel was reset, but there are noteworthy issue(s)
5717 related, providing an appropriate warning code and warning
5718 message
5719 </p>
5720 </blockquote>
5721
5722
5723 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5724 </p>
5725 <blockquote class="text">
5726 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
5727 error message
5728 </p>
5729 </blockquote>
5730
5731
5732 </blockquote><p>
5733
5734 </p>
5735 <p>Examples:
5736 </p>
5737 <p>
5738 </p>
5739 <blockquote class="text">
5740 <p>
5741 </p>
5742 </blockquote><p>
5743
5744 </p>
5745 <a name="anchor12"></a><br /><hr />
5746 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5747 <a name="rfc.section.6.5"></a><h3>6.5.&nbsp;
5748 Controlling connection</h3>
5749
5750 <p>The following commands are used to control the connection to LinuxSampler.
5751 </p>
5752 <a name="SUBSCRIBE"></a><br /><hr />
5753 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5754 <a name="rfc.section.6.5.1"></a><h3>6.5.1.&nbsp;
5755 Register front-end for receiving event messages</h3>
5756
5757 <p>The front-end can register itself to the LinuxSampler application to
5758 be informed about noteworthy events by sending this command:
5759 </p>
5760 <p>
5761 </p>
5762 <blockquote class="text">
5763 <p>SUBSCRIBE &lt;event-id&gt;
5764 </p>
5765 </blockquote><p>
5766
5767 </p>
5768 <p>where &lt;event-id&gt; will be replaced by the respective event that
5769 client wants to subscribe to.
5770 </p>
5771 <p>Possible Answers:
5772 </p>
5773 <p>
5774 </p>
5775 <blockquote class="text">
5776 <p>"OK" -
5777 </p>
5778 <blockquote class="text">
5779 <p>on success
5780 </p>
5781 </blockquote>
5782
5783
5784 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
5785 </p>
5786 <blockquote class="text">
5787 <p>if registration succeeded, but there are noteworthy
5788 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
5789 warning message
5790 </p>
5791 </blockquote>
5792
5793
5794 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5795 </p>
5796 <blockquote class="text">
5797 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
5798 error message
5799 </p>
5800 </blockquote>
5801
5802
5803 </blockquote><p>
5804
5805 </p>
5806 <p>Examples:
5807 </p>
5808 <p>
5809 </p>
5810 <blockquote class="text">
5811 <p>
5812 </p>
5813 </blockquote><p>
5814
5815 </p>
5816 <a name="UNSUBSCRIBE"></a><br /><hr />
5817 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5818 <a name="rfc.section.6.5.2"></a><h3>6.5.2.&nbsp;
5819 Unregister front-end for not receiving event messages</h3>
5820
5821 <p>The front-end can unregister itself if it doesn't want to receive event
5822 messages anymore by sending the following command:
5823 </p>
5824 <p>
5825 </p>
5826 <blockquote class="text">
5827 <p>UNSUBSCRIBE &lt;event-id&gt;
5828 </p>
5829 </blockquote><p>
5830
5831 </p>
5832 <p>Where &lt;event-id&gt; will be replaced by the respective event that
5833 client doesn't want to receive anymore.
5834 </p>
5835 <p>Possible Answers:
5836 </p>
5837 <p>
5838 </p>
5839 <blockquote class="text">
5840 <p>"OK" -
5841 </p>
5842 <blockquote class="text">
5843 <p>on success
5844 </p>
5845 </blockquote>
5846
5847
5848 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
5849 </p>
5850 <blockquote class="text">
5851 <p>if unregistration succeeded, but there are noteworthy
5852 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
5853 warning message
5854 </p>
5855 </blockquote>
5856
5857
5858 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5859 </p>
5860 <blockquote class="text">
5861 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and
5862 error message
5863 </p>
5864 </blockquote>
5865
5866
5867 </blockquote><p>
5868
5869 </p>
5870 <p>Examples:
5871 </p>
5872 <p>
5873 </p>
5874 <blockquote class="text">
5875 <p>
5876 </p>
5877 </blockquote><p>
5878
5879 </p>
5880 <a name="SET ECHO"></a><br /><hr />
5881 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5882 <a name="rfc.section.6.5.3"></a><h3>6.5.3.&nbsp;
5883 Enable or disable echo of commands</h3>
5884
5885 <p>To enable or disable back sending of commands to the client the following command can be used:
5886 </p>
5887 <p>
5888 </p>
5889 <blockquote class="text">
5890 <p>SET ECHO &lt;value&gt;
5891 </p>
5892 </blockquote><p>
5893
5894 </p>
5895 <p>Where &lt;value&gt; should be replaced either by "1" to enable echo mode
5896 or "0" to disable echo mode. When echo mode is enabled, all
5897 commands send to LinuxSampler will be immediately send back and
5898 after this echo the actual response to the command will be
5899 returned. Echo mode will only be altered for the client connection
5900 that issued the "SET ECHO" command, not globally for all client
5901 connections.
5902 </p>
5903 <p>Possible Answers:
5904 </p>
5905 <p>
5906 </p>
5907 <blockquote class="text">
5908 <p>"OK" -
5909 </p>
5910 <blockquote class="text">
5911 <p>usually
5912 </p>
5913 </blockquote>
5914
5915
5916 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
5917 </p>
5918 <blockquote class="text">
5919 <p>on syntax error, e.g. non boolean value
5920 </p>
5921 </blockquote>
5922
5923
5924 </blockquote><p>
5925
5926 </p>
5927 <p>Examples:
5928 </p>
5929 <p>
5930 </p>
5931 <blockquote class="text">
5932 <p>
5933 </p>
5934 </blockquote><p>
5935
5936 </p>
5937 <a name="QUIT"></a><br /><hr />
5938 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5939 <a name="rfc.section.6.5.4"></a><h3>6.5.4.&nbsp;
5940 Close client connection</h3>
5941
5942 <p>The client can close its network connection to LinuxSampler by sending the following command:
5943 </p>
5944 <p>
5945 </p>
5946 <blockquote class="text">
5947 <p>QUIT
5948 </p>
5949 </blockquote><p>
5950
5951 </p>
5952 <p>This is probably more interesting for manual telnet connections to
5953 LinuxSampler than really useful for a front-end implementation.
5954 </p>
5955 <a name="anchor13"></a><br /><hr />
5956 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5957 <a name="rfc.section.6.6"></a><h3>6.6.&nbsp;
5958 Global commands</h3>
5959
5960 <p>The following commands have global impact on the sampler.
5961 </p>
5962 <a name="GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
5963 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5964 <a name="rfc.section.6.6.1"></a><h3>6.6.1.&nbsp;
5965 Current number of active voices</h3>
5966
5967 <p>The front-end can ask for the current number of active voices on
5968 the sampler by sending the following command:
5969 </p>
5970 <p>
5971 </p>
5972 <blockquote class="text">
5973 <p>GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
5974 </p>
5975 </blockquote><p>
5976
5977 </p>
5978 <p>Possible Answers:
5979 </p>
5980 <p>
5981 </p>
5982 <blockquote class="text">
5983 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the number of all active
5984 voices on the sampler.
5985 </p>
5986 </blockquote><p>
5987
5988 </p>
5989 <a name="GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT_MAX"></a><br /><hr />
5990 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
5991 <a name="rfc.section.6.6.2"></a><h3>6.6.2.&nbsp;
5992 Maximum amount of active voices</h3>
5993
5994 <p>The front-end can ask for the maximum number of active voices
5995 by sending the following command:
5996 </p>
5997 <p>
5998 </p>
5999 <blockquote class="text">
6000 <p>GET TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT_MAX
6001 </p>
6002 </blockquote><p>
6003
6004 </p>
6005 <p>Possible Answers:
6006 </p>
6007 <p>
6008 </p>
6009 <blockquote class="text">
6010 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by returning the maximum number
6011 of active voices.
6012 </p>
6013 </blockquote><p>
6014
6015 </p>
6016 <a name="RESET"></a><br /><hr />
6017 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6018 <a name="rfc.section.6.6.3"></a><h3>6.6.3.&nbsp;
6019 Reset sampler</h3>
6020
6021 <p>The front-end can reset the whole sampler by sending the following command:
6022 </p>
6023 <p>
6024 </p>
6025 <blockquote class="text">
6026 <p>RESET
6027 </p>
6028 </blockquote><p>
6029
6030 </p>
6031 <p>Possible Answers:
6032 </p>
6033 <p>
6034 </p>
6035 <blockquote class="text">
6036 <p>"OK" -
6037 </p>
6038 <blockquote class="text">
6039 <p>always
6040 </p>
6041 </blockquote>
6042
6043
6044 </blockquote><p>
6045
6046 </p>
6047 <p>Examples:
6048 </p>
6049 <p>
6050 </p>
6051 <blockquote class="text">
6052 <p>
6053 </p>
6054 </blockquote><p>
6055
6056 </p>
6057 <a name="GET SERVER INFO"></a><br /><hr />
6058 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6059 <a name="rfc.section.6.6.4"></a><h3>6.6.4.&nbsp;
6060 General sampler informations</h3>
6061
6062 <p>The client can ask for general informations about the LinuxSampler
6063 instance by sending the following command:
6064 </p>
6065 <p>
6066 </p>
6067 <blockquote class="text">
6068 <p>GET SERVER INFO
6069 </p>
6070 </blockquote><p>
6071
6072 </p>
6073 <p>Possible Answers:
6074 </p>
6075 <p>
6076 </p>
6077 <blockquote class="text">
6078 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
6079 Each answer line begins with the information category name
6080 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
6081 the info character string to that information category. At the
6082 moment the following categories are defined:
6083
6084 </p>
6085 <p>
6086 </p>
6087 <blockquote class="text">
6088 <p>DESCRIPTION -
6089 </p>
6090 <blockquote class="text">
6091 <p>arbitrary textual description about the sampler
6092 </p>
6093 </blockquote>
6094
6095
6096 <p>VERSION -
6097 </p>
6098 <blockquote class="text">
6099 <p>version of the sampler
6100 </p>
6101 </blockquote>
6102
6103
6104 <p>PROTOCOL_VERSION -
6105 </p>
6106 <blockquote class="text">
6107 <p>version of the LSCP specification the sampler
6108 complies with (see <a class='info' href='#LSCP versioning'>Section&nbsp;2<span> (</span><span class='info'>Versioning of this specification</span><span>)</span></a> for details)
6109 </p>
6110 </blockquote>
6111
6112
6113 <p>INSTRUMENTS_DB_SUPPORT -
6114 </p>
6115 <blockquote class="text">
6116 <p>either yes or no, specifies whether the
6117 sampler is build with instruments database support.
6118 </p>
6119 </blockquote>
6120
6121
6122 </blockquote>
6123
6124
6125 </blockquote><p>
6126
6127 </p>
6128 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
6129 Other fields might be added in future.
6130 </p>
6131 <a name="GET VOLUME"></a><br /><hr />
6132 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6133 <a name="rfc.section.6.6.5"></a><h3>6.6.5.&nbsp;
6134 Getting global volume attenuation</h3>
6135
6136 <p>The client can ask for the current global sampler-wide volume
6137 attenuation by sending the following command:
6138 </p>
6139 <p>
6140 </p>
6141 <blockquote class="text">
6142 <p>GET VOLUME
6143 </p>
6144 </blockquote><p>
6145
6146 </p>
6147 <p>Possible Answers:
6148 </p>
6149 <p>
6150 </p>
6151 <blockquote class="text">
6152 <p>The sampler will always answer by returning the optional
6153 dotted floating point coefficient, reflecting the current
6154 global volume attenuation.
6155
6156 </p>
6157 </blockquote><p>
6158
6159 </p>
6160 <p>Note: it is up to the respective sampler engine whether to obey
6161 that global volume parameter or not, but in general all engines SHOULD
6162 use this parameter.
6163 </p>
6164 <a name="SET VOLUME"></a><br /><hr />
6165 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6166 <a name="rfc.section.6.6.6"></a><h3>6.6.6.&nbsp;
6167 Setting global volume attenuation</h3>
6168
6169 <p>The client can alter the current global sampler-wide volume
6170 attenuation by sending the following command:
6171 </p>
6172 <p>
6173 </p>
6174 <blockquote class="text">
6175 <p>SET VOLUME &lt;volume&gt;
6176 </p>
6177 </blockquote><p>
6178
6179 </p>
6180 <p>Where &lt;volume&gt; should be replaced by the optional dotted
6181 floating point value, reflecting the new global volume parameter.
6182 This value might usually be in the range between 0.0 and 1.0, that
6183 is for attenuating the overall volume.
6184 </p>
6185 <p>Possible Answers:
6186 </p>
6187 <p>
6188 </p>
6189 <blockquote class="text">
6190 <p>"OK" -
6191 </p>
6192 <blockquote class="text">
6193 <p>on success
6194 </p>
6195 </blockquote>
6196
6197
6198 <p>"WRN:&lt;warning-code&gt;:&lt;warning-message&gt;" -
6199 </p>
6200 <blockquote class="text">
6201 <p>if the global volume was set, but there are noteworthy
6202 issue(s) related, providing an appropriate warning code and
6203 warning message
6204 </p>
6205 </blockquote>
6206
6207
6208 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6209 </p>
6210 <blockquote class="text">
6211 <p>in case it failed, providing an appropriate error code and error message
6212 </p>
6213 </blockquote>
6214
6215
6216 </blockquote><p>
6217
6218 </p>
6219 <a name="MIDI Instrument Mapping"></a><br /><hr />
6220 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6221 <a name="rfc.section.6.7"></a><h3>6.7.&nbsp;
6222 MIDI Instrument Mapping</h3>
6223
6224 <p>The MIDI protocol provides a way to switch between instruments
6225 by sending so called MIDI bank select and MIDI program change
6226 messages which are essentially just numbers. The following commands
6227 allow to actually map arbitrary MIDI bank select / program change
6228 numbers with real instruments.
6229 </p>
6230 <p>The sampler allows to manage an arbitrary amount of MIDI
6231 instrument maps which define which instrument to load on
6232 which MIDI program change message.
6233 </p>
6234 <p>By default, that is when the sampler is launched, there is no
6235 map, thus the sampler will simply ignore all program change
6236 messages. The front-end has to explicitly create at least one
6237 map, add entries to the map and tell the respective sampler
6238 channel(s) which MIDI instrument map to use, so the sampler
6239 knows how to react on a given program change message on the
6240 respective sampler channel, that is by switching to the
6241 respectively defined engine type and loading the respective
6242 instrument. See command
6243 <a class='info' href='#SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP'>"SET CHANNEL MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Assigning a MIDI instrument map to a sampler channel</span><span>)</span></a>
6244 for how to assign a MIDI instrument map to a sampler channel.
6245 </p>
6246 <p>Also note per MIDI specification a bank select message does not
6247 cause to switch to another instrument. Instead when receiving a
6248 bank select message the bank value will be stored and a subsequent
6249 program change message (which may occur at any time) will finally
6250 cause the sampler to switch to the respective instrument as
6251 reflected by the current MIDI instrument map.
6252 </p>
6253 <a name="ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT MAP"></a><br /><hr />
6254 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6255 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.1"></a><h3>6.7.1.&nbsp;
6256 Create a new MIDI instrument map</h3>
6257
6258 <p>The front-end can add a new MIDI instrument map by sending
6259 the following command:
6260 </p>
6261 <p>
6262 </p>
6263 <blockquote class="text">
6264 <p>ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP [&lt;name&gt;]
6265 </p>
6266 </blockquote><p>
6267
6268 </p>
6269 <p>Where &lt;name&gt; is an optional argument allowing to
6270 assign a custom name to the new map. MIDI instrument Map
6271 names do not have to be unique.
6272 </p>
6273 <p>Possible Answers:
6274 </p>
6275 <p>
6276 </p>
6277 <blockquote class="text">
6278 <p>"OK[&lt;map&gt;]" -
6279 </p>
6280 <blockquote class="text">
6281 <p>in case a new MIDI instrument map could
6282 be added, where &lt;map&gt; reflects the
6283 unique ID of the newly created MIDI
6284 instrument map
6285 </p>
6286 </blockquote>
6287
6288
6289 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6290 </p>
6291 <blockquote class="text">
6292 <p>when a new map could not be created, which
6293 might never occur in practice
6294 </p>
6295 </blockquote>
6296
6297
6298 </blockquote><p>
6299
6300 </p>
6301 <p>Examples:
6302 </p>
6303 <p>
6304 </p>
6305 <blockquote class="text">
6306 <p>C: "ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP 'Standard Map'"
6307 </p>
6308 <p>S: "OK[0]"
6309 </p>
6310 </blockquote><p>
6311
6312 </p>
6313 <p>
6314 </p>
6315 <blockquote class="text">
6316 <p>C: "ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP 'Standard Drumkit'"
6317 </p>
6318 <p>S: "OK[1]"
6319 </p>
6320 </blockquote><p>
6321
6322 </p>
6323 <p>
6324 </p>
6325 <blockquote class="text">
6326 <p>C: "ADD MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"
6327 </p>
6328 <p>S: "OK[5]"
6329 </p>
6330 </blockquote><p>
6331
6332 </p>
6333 <a name="REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP"></a><br /><hr />
6334 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6335 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.2"></a><h3>6.7.2.&nbsp;
6336 Delete one particular or all MIDI instrument maps</h3>
6337
6338 <p>The front-end can delete a particular MIDI instrument map
6339 by sending the following command:
6340 </p>
6341 <p>
6342 </p>
6343 <blockquote class="text">
6344 <p>REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP &lt;map&gt;
6345 </p>
6346 </blockquote><p>
6347
6348 </p>
6349 <p>Where &lt;map&gt; reflects the unique ID of the map to delete
6350 as returned by the <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS'>"LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI instrument maps</span><span>)</span></a>
6351 command.
6352 </p>
6353 <p>The front-end can delete all MIDI instrument maps by
6354 sending the following command:
6355 </p>
6356 <p>
6357 </p>
6358 <blockquote class="text">
6359 <p>REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP ALL
6360 </p>
6361 </blockquote><p>
6362
6363 </p>
6364 <p>Possible Answers:
6365 </p>
6366 <p>
6367 </p>
6368 <blockquote class="text">
6369 <p>"OK" -
6370 </p>
6371 <blockquote class="text">
6372 <p>in case the map(s) could be deleted
6373 </p>
6374 </blockquote>
6375
6376
6377 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6378 </p>
6379 <blockquote class="text">
6380 <p>when the given map does not exist
6381 </p>
6382 </blockquote>
6383
6384
6385 </blockquote><p>
6386
6387 </p>
6388 <p>Examples:
6389 </p>
6390 <p>
6391 </p>
6392 <blockquote class="text">
6393 <p>C: "REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP 0"
6394 </p>
6395 <p>S: "OK"
6396 </p>
6397 </blockquote><p>
6398
6399 </p>
6400 <p>
6401 </p>
6402 <blockquote class="text">
6403 <p>C: "REMOVE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP ALL"
6404 </p>
6405 <p>S: "OK"
6406 </p>
6407 </blockquote><p>
6408
6409 </p>
6410 <a name="GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"></a><br /><hr />
6411 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6412 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.3"></a><h3>6.7.3.&nbsp;
6413 Get amount of existing MIDI instrument maps</h3>
6414
6415 <p>The front-end can retrieve the current amount of MIDI
6416 instrument maps by sending the following command:
6417 </p>
6418 <p>
6419 </p>
6420 <blockquote class="text">
6421 <p>GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
6422 </p>
6423 </blockquote><p>
6424
6425 </p>
6426 <p>Possible Answers:
6427 </p>
6428 <p>
6429 </p>
6430 <blockquote class="text">
6431 <p>The sampler will answer by returning the current
6432 number of MIDI instrument maps.
6433 </p>
6434 </blockquote><p>
6435
6436 </p>
6437 <p>Example:
6438 </p>
6439 <p>
6440 </p>
6441 <blockquote class="text">
6442 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"
6443 </p>
6444 <p>S: "2"
6445 </p>
6446 </blockquote><p>
6447
6448 </p>
6449 <a name="LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"></a><br /><hr />
6450 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6451 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.4"></a><h3>6.7.4.&nbsp;
6452 Getting all created MIDI instrument maps</h3>
6453
6454 <p>The number of MIDI instrument maps can change on runtime. To get the
6455 current list of MIDI instrument maps, the front-end can send the
6456 following command:
6457 </p>
6458 <p>
6459 </p>
6460 <blockquote class="text">
6461 <p>LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
6462 </p>
6463 </blockquote><p>
6464
6465 </p>
6466 <p>Possible Answers:
6467 </p>
6468 <p>
6469 </p>
6470 <blockquote class="text">
6471 <p>The sampler will answer by returning a comma separated list
6472 with all MIDI instrument maps' numerical IDs.
6473 </p>
6474 </blockquote><p>
6475
6476 </p>
6477 <p>Example:
6478 </p>
6479 <p>
6480 </p>
6481 <blockquote class="text">
6482 <p>C: "LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"
6483 </p>
6484 <p>S: "0,1,5,12"
6485 </p>
6486 </blockquote><p>
6487
6488 </p>
6489 <a name="GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO"></a><br /><hr />
6490 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6491 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.5"></a><h3>6.7.5.&nbsp;
6492 Getting MIDI instrument map information</h3>
6493
6494 <p>The front-end can ask for the current settings of a MIDI
6495 instrument map by sending the following command:
6496 </p>
6497 <p>
6498 </p>
6499 <blockquote class="text">
6500 <p>GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO &lt;map&gt;
6501 </p>
6502 </blockquote><p>
6503
6504 </p>
6505 <p>Where &lt;map&gt; is the numerical ID of the map the
6506 front-end is interested in as returned by the
6507 <a class='info' href='#LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS'>"LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all created MIDI instrument maps</span><span>)</span></a>
6508 command.
6509 </p>
6510 <p>Possible Answers:
6511 </p>
6512 <p>
6513 </p>
6514 <blockquote class="text">
6515 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
6516 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
6517 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
6518 the info character string to that setting category. At the
6519 moment the following categories are defined:
6520 </p>
6521 <p>
6522 </p>
6523 <blockquote class="text">
6524 <p>NAME -
6525 </p>
6526 <blockquote class="text">
6527 <p>custom name of the given map,
6528 which does not have to be unique
6529 </p>
6530 </blockquote>
6531
6532
6533 <p>DEFAULT -
6534 </p>
6535 <blockquote class="text">
6536 <p>either true or false,
6537 defines whether this map is the default map
6538 </p>
6539 </blockquote>
6540
6541
6542 </blockquote>
6543
6544
6545 </blockquote><p>
6546
6547 </p>
6548 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
6549 </p>
6550 <p>Example:
6551 </p>
6552 <p>
6553 </p>
6554 <blockquote class="text">
6555 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP INFO 0"
6556 </p>
6557 <p>S: "NAME: Standard Map"
6558 </p>
6559 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DEFAULT: true"
6560 </p>
6561 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
6562 </p>
6563 </blockquote><p>
6564
6565 </p>
6566 <a name="SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME"></a><br /><hr />
6567 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6568 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.6"></a><h3>6.7.6.&nbsp;
6569 Renaming a MIDI instrument map</h3>
6570
6571 <p>The front-end can alter the custom name of a MIDI
6572 instrument map by sending the following command:
6573 </p>
6574 <p>
6575 </p>
6576 <blockquote class="text">
6577 <p>SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME &lt;map&gt; &lt;name&gt;
6578 </p>
6579 </blockquote><p>
6580
6581 </p>
6582 <p>Where &lt;map&gt; is the numerical ID of the map and
6583 &lt;name&gt; the new custom name of the map, which does not
6584 have to be unique.
6585 </p>
6586 <p>Possible Answers:
6587 </p>
6588 <p>
6589 </p>
6590 <blockquote class="text">
6591 <p>"OK" -
6592 </p>
6593 <blockquote class="text">
6594 <p>on success
6595 </p>
6596 </blockquote>
6597
6598
6599 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6600 </p>
6601 <blockquote class="text">
6602 <p>in case the given map does not exist
6603 </p>
6604 </blockquote>
6605
6606
6607 </blockquote><p>
6608
6609 </p>
6610 <p>Example:
6611 </p>
6612 <p>
6613 </p>
6614 <blockquote class="text">
6615 <p>C: "SET MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP NAME 0 'Foo instruments'"
6616 </p>
6617 <p>S: "OK"
6618 </p>
6619 </blockquote><p>
6620
6621 </p>
6622 <a name="MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT"></a><br /><hr />
6623 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6624 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.7"></a><h3>6.7.7.&nbsp;
6625 Create or replace a MIDI instrument map entry</h3>
6626
6627 <p>The front-end can create a new or replace an existing entry
6628 in a sampler's MIDI instrument map by sending the following
6629 command:
6630 </p>
6631 <p>
6632 </p>
6633 <blockquote class="text">
6634 <p>MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT [NON_MODAL] &lt;map&gt;
6635 &lt;midi_bank&gt; &lt;midi_prog&gt; &lt;engine_name&gt;
6636 &lt;filename&gt; &lt;instrument_index&gt; &lt;volume_value&gt;
6637 [&lt;instr_load_mode&gt;] [&lt;name&gt;]
6638 </p>
6639 </blockquote><p>
6640
6641 </p>
6642 <p>Where &lt;map&gt; is the numeric ID of the map to alter,
6643 &lt;midi_bank&gt; is an integer value between
6644 0..16383 reflecting the MIDI bank select index,
6645 &lt;midi_prog&gt; an
6646 integer value between 0..127 reflecting the MIDI program change
6647 index, &lt;engine_name&gt; a sampler engine name as returned by
6648 the <a class='info' href='#LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES'>"LIST AVAILABLE_ENGINES"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting all available engines</span><span>)</span></a>
6649 command (not encapsulated into apostrophes), &lt;filename&gt; the name
6650 of the instrument's file to be deployed (encapsulated into apostrophes),
6651 &lt;instrument_index&gt; the index (integer value) of the instrument
6652 within the given file, &lt;volume_value&gt; reflects the master
6653 volume of the instrument as optionally dotted number (where a
6654 value &lt; 1.0 means attenuation and a value > 1.0 means
6655 amplification). This parameter easily allows to adjust the
6656 volume of all intruments within a custom instrument map
6657 without having to adjust their instrument files. The
6658 OPTIONAL &lt;instr_load_mode&gt; argument defines the life
6659 time of the instrument, that is when the instrument should
6660 be loaded, when freed and has exactly the following
6661 possibilities:
6662 </p>
6663 <p>
6664 </p>
6665 <blockquote class="text">
6666 <p>"ON_DEMAND" -
6667 </p>
6668 <blockquote class="text">
6669 <p>The instrument will be loaded when needed,
6670 that is when demanded by at least one sampler
6671 channel. It will immediately be freed from memory
6672 when not needed by any sampler channel anymore.
6673 </p>
6674 </blockquote>
6675
6676
6677 <p>"ON_DEMAND_HOLD" -
6678 </p>
6679 <blockquote class="text">
6680 <p>The instrument will be loaded when needed,
6681 that is when demanded by at least one sampler
6682 channel. It will be kept in memory even when
6683 not needed by any sampler channel anymore.
6684 Instruments with this mode are only freed
6685 when the sampler is reset or all mapping
6686 entries with this mode (and respective
6687 instrument) are explicitly changed to
6688 "ON_DEMAND" and no sampler channel is using
6689 the instrument anymore.
6690 </p>
6691 </blockquote>
6692
6693
6694 <p>"PERSISTENT" -
6695 </p>
6696 <blockquote class="text">
6697 <p>The instrument will immediately be loaded
6698 into memory when this mapping
6699 command is sent and the instrument is kept all
6700 the time. Instruments with this mode are
6701 only freed when the sampler is reset or all
6702 mapping entries with this mode (and
6703 respective instrument) are explicitly
6704 changed to "ON_DEMAND" and no sampler
6705 channel is using the instrument anymore.
6706 </p>
6707 </blockquote>
6708
6709
6710 <p>not supplied -
6711 </p>
6712 <blockquote class="text">
6713 <p>In case there is no &lt;instr_load_mode&gt;
6714 argument given, it will be up to the
6715 InstrumentManager to decide which mode to use.
6716 Usually it will use "ON_DEMAND" if an entry
6717 for the given instrument does not exist in
6718 the InstrumentManager's list yet, otherwise
6719 if an entry already exists, it will simply
6720 stick with the mode currently reflected by
6721 the already existing entry, that is it will
6722 not change the mode.
6723 </p>
6724 </blockquote>
6725
6726
6727 </blockquote><p>
6728
6729 </p>
6730 <p>
6731 The &lt;instr_load_mode&gt; argument thus allows to define an
6732 appropriate strategy (low memory consumption vs. fast
6733 instrument switching) for each instrument individually. Note, the
6734 following restrictions apply to this argument: "ON_DEMAND_HOLD" and
6735 "PERSISTENT" have to be supported by the respective sampler engine
6736 (which is technically the case when the engine provides an
6737 InstrumentManager for its format). If this is not the case the
6738 argument will automatically fall back to the default value
6739 "ON_DEMAND". Also the load mode of one instrument may
6740 automatically change the laod mode of other instrument(s), i.e.
6741 because the instruments are part of the same file and the
6742 engine does not allow a way to manage load modes for them
6743 individually. Due to this, in case the frontend shows the
6744 load modes of entries, the frontend should retrieve the actual
6745 mode by i.e. sending
6746 <a class='info' href='#GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO'>"GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Get current settings of MIDI instrument map entry</span><span>)</span></a>
6747 command(s). Finally the OPTIONAL &lt;name&gt; argument allows to
6748 set a custom name (encapsulated into apostrophes) for the mapping
6749 entry, useful for frontends for displaying an appropriate name for
6750 mapped instruments (using
6751 <a class='info' href='#GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO'>"GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Get current settings of MIDI instrument map entry</span><span>)</span></a>).
6752
6753 </p>
6754 <p>
6755 By default, "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT" commands block until the mapping is
6756 completely established in the sampler. The OPTIONAL "NON_MODAL" argument
6757 however causes the respective "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT" command to return
6758 immediately, that is to let the sampler establish the mapping in the
6759 background. So this argument might be especially useful for mappings with
6760 a "PERSISTENT" type, because these have to load the respective instruments
6761 immediately and might thus block for a very long time. It is recommended
6762 however to use the OPTIONAL "NON_MODAL" argument only if really necessary,
6763 because it has the following drawbacks: as "NON_MODAL" instructions return
6764 immediately, they may not necessarily return an error i.e. when the given
6765 instrument file turns out to be corrupt, beside that subsequent commands
6766 in a LSCP instruction sequence might fail, because mandatory mappings are
6767 not yet completed.
6768
6769 </p>
6770 <p>Possible Answers:
6771 </p>
6772 <p>
6773 </p>
6774 <blockquote class="text">
6775 <p>"OK" -
6776 </p>
6777 <blockquote class="text">
6778 <p>usually
6779 </p>
6780 </blockquote>
6781
6782
6783 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
6784 </p>
6785 <blockquote class="text">
6786 <p>when the given map or engine does not exist or a value
6787 is out of range
6788 </p>
6789 </blockquote>
6790
6791
6792 </blockquote><p>
6793
6794 </p>
6795 <p>Examples:
6796 </p>
6797 <p>
6798 </p>
6799 <blockquote class="text">
6800 <p>C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 3 0 gig '/usr/share/Steinway D.gig' 0 0.8 PERSISTENT"
6801 </p>
6802 <p>S: "OK"
6803 </p>
6804 </blockquote><p>
6805
6806 </p>
6807 <p>
6808 </p>
6809 <blockquote class="text">
6810 <p>C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 4 50 gig '/home/john/foostrings.gig' 7 1.0"
6811 </p>
6812 <p>S: "OK"
6813 </p>
6814 </blockquote><p>
6815
6816 </p>
6817 <p>
6818 </p>
6819 <blockquote class="text">
6820 <p>C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 0 0 gig '/usr/share/piano.gig' 0 1.0 'Normal Piano'"
6821 </p>
6822 <p>S: "OK"
6823 </p>
6824 <p>C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 1 0 gig '/usr/share/piano.gig' 0 0.25 'Silent Piano'"
6825 </p>
6826 <p>S: "OK"
6827 </p>
6828 </blockquote><p>
6829
6830 </p>
6831 <p>
6832 </p>
6833 <blockquote class="text">
6834 <p>C: "MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT NON_MODAL 1 8 120 gig '/home/joe/foodrums.gig' 0 1.0 PERSISTENT 'Foo Drumkit'"
6835 </p>
6836 <p>S: "OK"
6837 </p>
6838 </blockquote><p>
6839
6840 </p>
6841 <a name="GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS"></a><br /><hr />
6842 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6843 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.8"></a><h3>6.7.8.&nbsp;
6844 Getting ammount of MIDI instrument map entries</h3>
6845
6846 <p>The front-end can query the amount of currently existing
6847 entries in a MIDI instrument map by sending the following
6848 command:
6849 </p>
6850 <p>
6851 </p>
6852 <blockquote class="text">
6853 <p>GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS &lt;map&gt;
6854 </p>
6855 </blockquote><p>
6856
6857 </p>
6858 <p>The front-end can query the amount of currently existing
6859 entries in all MIDI instrument maps by sending the following
6860 command:
6861 </p>
6862 <p>
6863 </p>
6864 <blockquote class="text">
6865 <p>GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL
6866 </p>
6867 </blockquote><p>
6868
6869 </p>
6870 <p>Possible Answers:
6871 </p>
6872 <p>
6873 </p>
6874 <blockquote class="text">
6875 <p>The sampler will answer by sending the current number of
6876 entries in the MIDI instrument map(s).
6877 </p>
6878 </blockquote><p>
6879
6880 </p>
6881 <p>Example:
6882 </p>
6883 <p>
6884 </p>
6885 <blockquote class="text">
6886 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS 0"
6887 </p>
6888 <p>S: "234"
6889 </p>
6890 </blockquote><p>
6891
6892 </p>
6893 <p>
6894 </p>
6895 <blockquote class="text">
6896 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL"
6897 </p>
6898 <p>S: "954"
6899 </p>
6900 </blockquote><p>
6901
6902 </p>
6903 <a name="LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS"></a><br /><hr />
6904 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6905 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.9"></a><h3>6.7.9.&nbsp;
6906 Getting indeces of all entries of a MIDI instrument map</h3>
6907
6908 <p>The front-end can query a list of all currently existing
6909 entries in a certain MIDI instrument map by sending the following
6910 command:
6911 </p>
6912 <p>
6913 </p>
6914 <blockquote class="text">
6915 <p>LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS &lt;map&gt;
6916 </p>
6917 </blockquote><p>
6918
6919 </p>
6920 <p>Where &lt;map&gt; is the numeric ID of the MIDI instrument map.
6921 </p>
6922 <p>The front-end can query a list of all currently existing
6923 entries of all MIDI instrument maps by sending the following
6924 command:
6925 </p>
6926 <p>
6927 </p>
6928 <blockquote class="text">
6929 <p>LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL
6930 </p>
6931 </blockquote><p>
6932
6933 </p>
6934 <p>Possible Answers:
6935 </p>
6936 <p>
6937 </p>
6938 <blockquote class="text">
6939 <p>The sampler will answer by sending a comma separated
6940 list of map ID - MIDI bank - MIDI program triples, where
6941 each triple is encapsulated into curly braces. The
6942 list is returned in one single line. Each triple
6943 just reflects the key of the respective map entry,
6944 thus subsequent
6945 <a class='info' href='#GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO'>"GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Get current settings of MIDI instrument map entry</span><span>)</span></a>
6946 command(s) are necessary to retrieve detailed informations
6947 about each entry.
6948 </p>
6949 </blockquote><p>
6950
6951 </p>
6952 <p>Example:
6953 </p>
6954 <p>
6955 </p>
6956 <blockquote class="text">
6957 <p>C: "LIST MIDI_INSTRUMENTS 0"
6958 </p>
6959 <p>S: "{0,0,0},{0,0,1},{0,0,3},{0,1,4},{1,127,127}"
6960 </p>
6961 </blockquote><p>
6962
6963 </p>
6964 <a name="UNMAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT"></a><br /><hr />
6965 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
6966 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.10"></a><h3>6.7.10.&nbsp;
6967 Remove an entry from the MIDI instrument map</h3>
6968
6969 <p>The front-end can delete an entry from a MIDI instrument
6970 map by sending the following command:
6971 </p>
6972 <p>
6973 </p>
6974 <blockquote class="text">
6975 <p>UNMAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT &lt;map&gt; &lt;midi_bank&gt; &lt;midi_prog&gt;
6976 </p>
6977 </blockquote><p>
6978
6979 </p>
6980 <p>
6981 Where &lt;map&gt; is the numeric ID of the MIDI instrument map,
6982 &lt;midi_bank&gt; is an integer value between 0..16383
6983 reflecting the MIDI bank value and
6984 &lt;midi_prog&gt; an integer value between
6985 0..127 reflecting the MIDI program value of the map's entrie's key
6986 index triple.
6987
6988 </p>
6989 <p>Possible Answers:
6990 </p>
6991 <p>
6992 </p>
6993 <blockquote class="text">
6994 <p>"OK" -
6995 </p>
6996 <blockquote class="text">
6997 <p>usually
6998 </p>
6999 </blockquote>
7000
7001
7002 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7003 </p>
7004 <blockquote class="text">
7005 <p>when index out of bounds
7006 </p>
7007 </blockquote>
7008
7009
7010 </blockquote><p>
7011
7012 </p>
7013 <p>Example:
7014 </p>
7015 <p>
7016 </p>
7017 <blockquote class="text">
7018 <p>C: "UNMAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT 0 2 127"
7019 </p>
7020 <p>S: "OK"
7021 </p>
7022 </blockquote><p>
7023
7024 </p>
7025 <a name="GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO"></a><br /><hr />
7026 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7027 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.11"></a><h3>6.7.11.&nbsp;
7028 Get current settings of MIDI instrument map entry</h3>
7029
7030 <p>The front-end can retrieve the current settings of a certain
7031 instrument map entry by sending the following command:
7032 </p>
7033 <p>
7034 </p>
7035 <blockquote class="text">
7036 <p>GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO &lt;map&gt; &lt;midi_bank&gt; &lt;midi_prog&gt;
7037 </p>
7038 </blockquote><p>
7039
7040 </p>
7041 <p>
7042 Where &lt;map&gt; is the numeric ID of the MIDI instrument map,
7043 &lt;midi_bank&gt; is an integer value between 0..16383
7044 reflecting the MIDI bank value, &lt;midi_bank&gt;
7045 and &lt;midi_prog&gt; an integer value between
7046 0..127 reflecting the MIDI program value of the map's entrie's key
7047 index triple.
7048
7049 </p>
7050 <p>Possible Answers:
7051 </p>
7052 <p>
7053 </p>
7054 <blockquote class="text">
7055 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt;
7056 separated list. Each answer line begins with the
7057 information category name followed by a colon and then
7058 a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally the info
7059 character string to that info category. At the moment
7060 the following categories are defined:
7061 </p>
7062 <p>"NAME" -
7063 </p>
7064 <blockquote class="text">
7065 <p>Name for this MIDI instrument map entry (if defined).
7066 This name shall be used by frontends for displaying a
7067 name for this mapped instrument. It can be set and
7068 changed with the
7069 <a class='info' href='#MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT'>"MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Create or replace a MIDI instrument map entry</span><span>)</span></a>
7070 command and does not have to be unique.
7071 </p>
7072 </blockquote>
7073
7074
7075 <p>"ENGINE_NAME" -
7076 </p>
7077 <blockquote class="text">
7078 <p>Name of the engine to be deployed for this
7079 instrument.
7080 </p>
7081 </blockquote>
7082
7083
7084 <p>"INSTRUMENT_FILE" -
7085 </p>
7086 <blockquote class="text">
7087 <p>File name of the instrument.
7088 </p>
7089 </blockquote>
7090
7091
7092 <p>"INSTRUMENT_NR" -
7093 </p>
7094 <blockquote class="text">
7095 <p>Index of the instrument within the file.
7096 </p>
7097 </blockquote>
7098
7099
7100 <p>"INSTRUMENT_NAME" -
7101 </p>
7102 <blockquote class="text">
7103 <p>Name of the loaded instrument as reflected by its file.
7104 In contrast to the "NAME" field, the "INSTRUMENT_NAME" field
7105 cannot be changed.
7106 </p>
7107 </blockquote>
7108
7109
7110 <p>"LOAD_MODE" -
7111 </p>
7112 <blockquote class="text">
7113 <p>Life time of instrument
7114 (see <a class='info' href='#MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT'>"MAP MIDI_INSTRUMENT"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Create or replace a MIDI instrument map entry</span><span>)</span></a> for details about this setting).
7115 </p>
7116 </blockquote>
7117
7118
7119 <p>"VOLUME" -
7120 </p>
7121 <blockquote class="text">
7122 <p>master volume of the instrument as optionally
7123 dotted number (where a value &lt; 1.0 means attenuation
7124 and a value > 1.0 means amplification)
7125 </p>
7126 </blockquote>
7127
7128
7129 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
7130 </p>
7131 </blockquote><p>
7132
7133 </p>
7134 <p>Example:
7135 </p>
7136 <p>
7137 </p>
7138 <blockquote class="text">
7139 <p>C: "GET MIDI_INSTRUMENT INFO 1 45 120"
7140 </p>
7141 <p>S: "NAME: Drums for Foo Song"
7142 </p>
7143 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ENGINE_NAME: GigEngine"
7144 </p>
7145 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_FILE: /usr/share/joesdrumkit.gig"
7146 </p>
7147 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_NR: 0"
7148 </p>
7149 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_NAME: Joe's Drumkit"
7150 </p>
7151 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"LOAD_MODE: PERSISTENT"
7152 </p>
7153 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"VOLUME: 1.0"
7154 </p>
7155 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
7156 </p>
7157 </blockquote><p>
7158
7159 </p>
7160 <a name="CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS"></a><br /><hr />
7161 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7162 <a name="rfc.section.6.7.12"></a><h3>6.7.12.&nbsp;
7163 Clear MIDI instrument map</h3>
7164
7165 <p>The front-end can clear a whole MIDI instrument map, that
7166 is delete all its entries by sending the following command:
7167 </p>
7168 <p>
7169 </p>
7170 <blockquote class="text">
7171 <p>CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS &lt;map&gt;
7172 </p>
7173 </blockquote><p>
7174
7175 </p>
7176 <p>Where &lt;map&gt; is the numeric ID of the map to clear.
7177 </p>
7178 <p>The front-end can clear all MIDI instrument maps, that
7179 is delete all entries of all maps by sending the following
7180 command:
7181 </p>
7182 <p>
7183 </p>
7184 <blockquote class="text">
7185 <p>CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL
7186 </p>
7187 </blockquote><p>
7188
7189 </p>
7190 <p>The command "CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL" does not delete the
7191 maps, only their entries, thus the map's settings like
7192 custom name will be preservevd.
7193 </p>
7194 <p>Possible Answers:
7195 </p>
7196 <p>
7197 </p>
7198 <blockquote class="text">
7199 <p>"OK" -
7200 </p>
7201 <blockquote class="text">
7202 <p>always
7203 </p>
7204 </blockquote>
7205
7206
7207 </blockquote><p>
7208
7209 </p>
7210 <p>Examples:
7211 </p>
7212 <p>
7213 </p>
7214 <blockquote class="text">
7215 <p>C: "CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS 0"
7216 </p>
7217 <p>S: "OK"
7218 </p>
7219 </blockquote><p>
7220
7221 </p>
7222 <p>
7223 </p>
7224 <blockquote class="text">
7225 <p>C: "CLEAR MIDI_INSTRUMENTS ALL"
7226 </p>
7227 <p>S: "OK"
7228 </p>
7229 </blockquote><p>
7230
7231 </p>
7232 <a name="Managing Instruments Database"></a><br /><hr />
7233 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7234 <a name="rfc.section.6.8"></a><h3>6.8.&nbsp;
7235 Managing Instruments Database</h3>
7236
7237 <p>The following commands describe how to use and manage
7238 the instruments database.
7239 </p>
7240 <a name="ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY"></a><br /><hr />
7241 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7242 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.1"></a><h3>6.8.1.&nbsp;
7243 Creating a new instrument directory</h3>
7244
7245 <p>The front-end can add a new instrument directory to the
7246 instruments database by sending the following command:
7247 </p>
7248 <p>
7249 </p>
7250 <blockquote class="text">
7251 <p>ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY &lt;dir&gt;
7252 </p>
7253 </blockquote><p>
7254
7255 </p>
7256 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; is the absolute path name of the directory
7257 to be created (encapsulated into apostrophes).
7258 </p>
7259 <p>Possible Answers:
7260 </p>
7261 <p>
7262 </p>
7263 <blockquote class="text">
7264 <p>"OK" -
7265 </p>
7266 <blockquote class="text">
7267 <p>on success
7268 </p>
7269 </blockquote>
7270
7271
7272 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7273 </p>
7274 <blockquote class="text">
7275 <p>when the directory could not be created, which
7276 can happen if the directory already exists or the
7277 name contains not allowed symbols
7278 </p>
7279 </blockquote>
7280
7281
7282 </blockquote><p>
7283
7284 </p>
7285 <p>Examples:
7286 </p>
7287 <p>
7288 </p>
7289 <blockquote class="text">
7290 <p>C: "ADD DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY '/Piano Collection'"
7291 </p>
7292 <p>S: "OK"
7293 </p>
7294 </blockquote><p>
7295
7296 </p>
7297 <a name="REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY"></a><br /><hr />
7298 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7299 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.2"></a><h3>6.8.2.&nbsp;
7300 Deleting an instrument directory</h3>
7301
7302 <p>The front-end can delete a particular instrument directory
7303 from the instruments database by sending the following command:
7304 </p>
7305 <p>
7306 </p>
7307 <blockquote class="text">
7308 <p>REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY [FORCE] &lt;dir&gt;
7309 </p>
7310 </blockquote><p>
7311
7312 </p>
7313 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; is the absolute path name of the directory
7314 to delete. The optional FORCE argument can be used to
7315 force the deletion of a non-empty directory and all its content.
7316 </p>
7317 <p>Possible Answers:
7318 </p>
7319 <p>
7320 </p>
7321 <blockquote class="text">
7322 <p>"OK" -
7323 </p>
7324 <blockquote class="text">
7325 <p>if the directory is deleted successfully
7326 </p>
7327 </blockquote>
7328
7329
7330 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7331 </p>
7332 <blockquote class="text">
7333 <p>if the given directory does not exist, or
7334 if trying to delete a non-empty directory,
7335 without using the FORCE argument.
7336 </p>
7337 </blockquote>
7338
7339
7340 </blockquote><p>
7341
7342 </p>
7343 <p>Examples:
7344 </p>
7345 <p>
7346 </p>
7347 <blockquote class="text">
7348 <p>C: "REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY FORCE '/Piano Collection'"
7349 </p>
7350 <p>S: "OK"
7351 </p>
7352 </blockquote><p>
7353
7354 </p>
7355 <a name="GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES"></a><br /><hr />
7356 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7357 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.3"></a><h3>6.8.3.&nbsp;
7358 Getting amount of instrument directories</h3>
7359
7360 <p>The front-end can retrieve the current amount of
7361 directories in a specific directory by sending the following command:
7362 </p>
7363 <p>
7364 </p>
7365 <blockquote class="text">
7366 <p>GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES [RECURSIVE] &lt;dir&gt;
7367 </p>
7368 </blockquote><p>
7369
7370 </p>
7371 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
7372 name of the directory. If RECURSIVE is specified, the number of
7373 all directories, including those located in subdirectories of the
7374 specified directory, will be returned.
7375 </p>
7376 <p>Possible Answers:
7377 </p>
7378 <p>
7379 </p>
7380 <blockquote class="text">
7381 <p>The current number of instrument directories
7382 in the specified directory.
7383 </p>
7384 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7385 </p>
7386 <blockquote class="text">
7387 <p>if the given directory does not exist.
7388 </p>
7389 </blockquote>
7390
7391
7392 </blockquote><p>
7393
7394 </p>
7395 <p>Example:
7396 </p>
7397 <p>
7398 </p>
7399 <blockquote class="text">
7400 <p>C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/'"
7401 </p>
7402 <p>S: "2"
7403 </p>
7404 </blockquote><p>
7405
7406 </p>
7407 <a name="LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES"></a><br /><hr />
7408 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7409 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.4"></a><h3>6.8.4.&nbsp;
7410 Listing all directories in specific directory</h3>
7411
7412 <p>The front-end can retrieve the current list of directories
7413 in specific directory by sending the following command:
7414 </p>
7415 <p>
7416 </p>
7417 <blockquote class="text">
7418 <p>LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES [RECURSIVE] &lt;dir&gt;
7419 </p>
7420 </blockquote><p>
7421
7422 </p>
7423 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
7424 name of the directory. If RECURSIVE is specified, the absolute path names
7425 of all directories, including those located in subdirectories of the
7426 specified directory, will be returned.
7427 </p>
7428 <p>Possible Answers:
7429 </p>
7430 <p>
7431 </p>
7432 <blockquote class="text">
7433 <p>A comma separated list of all instrument directories
7434 (encapsulated into apostrophes) in the specified directory.
7435 </p>
7436 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7437 </p>
7438 <blockquote class="text">
7439 <p>if the given directory does not exist.
7440 </p>
7441 </blockquote>
7442
7443
7444 </blockquote><p>
7445
7446 </p>
7447 <p>Example:
7448 </p>
7449 <p>
7450 </p>
7451 <blockquote class="text">
7452 <p>C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/'"
7453 </p>
7454 <p>S: "'Piano Collection','Percussion Collection'"
7455 </p>
7456 </blockquote><p>
7457
7458 </p>
7459 <p>
7460 </p>
7461 <blockquote class="text">
7462 <p>C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES RECURSIVE '/'"
7463 </p>
7464 <p>S: "'/Piano Collection','/Piano Collection/Acoustic','/Piano Collection/Acoustic/New','/Percussion Collection'"
7465 </p>
7466 </blockquote><p>
7467
7468 </p>
7469 <a name="GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO"></a><br /><hr />
7470 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7471 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.5"></a><h3>6.8.5.&nbsp;
7472 Getting instrument directory information</h3>
7473
7474 <p>The front-end can ask for the current settings of an
7475 instrument directory by sending the following command:
7476 </p>
7477 <p>
7478 </p>
7479 <blockquote class="text">
7480 <p>GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO &lt;dir&gt;
7481 </p>
7482 </blockquote><p>
7483
7484 </p>
7485 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
7486 name of the directory the front-end is interested in.
7487 </p>
7488 <p>Possible Answers:
7489 </p>
7490 <p>
7491 </p>
7492 <blockquote class="text">
7493 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
7494 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
7495 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
7496 the info character string to that setting category. At the
7497 moment the following categories are defined:
7498 </p>
7499 <p>
7500 </p>
7501 <blockquote class="text">
7502 <p>DESCRIPTION -
7503 </p>
7504 <blockquote class="text">
7505 <p>A brief description of the directory content
7506 </p>
7507 </blockquote>
7508
7509
7510 <p>CREATED -
7511 </p>
7512 <blockquote class="text">
7513 <p>The creation date and time of the directory,
7514 represented in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format
7515 </p>
7516 </blockquote>
7517
7518
7519 <p>MODIFIED -
7520 </p>
7521 <blockquote class="text">
7522 <p>The date and time of the last modification of the
7523 directory, represented in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format
7524 </p>
7525 </blockquote>
7526
7527
7528 </blockquote>
7529
7530
7531 </blockquote><p>
7532
7533 </p>
7534 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
7535 </p>
7536 <p>Example:
7537 </p>
7538 <p>
7539 </p>
7540 <blockquote class="text">
7541 <p>C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY INFO '/Piano Collection'"
7542 </p>
7543 <p>S: "DESCRIPTION: Piano collection of instruments in GigaSampler format."
7544 </p>
7545 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"CREATED: 2007-02-05 10:23:12"
7546 </p>
7547 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MODIFIED: 2007-04-07 12:50:21"
7548 </p>
7549 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
7550 </p>
7551 </blockquote><p>
7552
7553 </p>
7554 <a name="SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME"></a><br /><hr />
7555 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7556 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.6"></a><h3>6.8.6.&nbsp;
7557 Renaming an instrument directory</h3>
7558
7559 <p>The front-end can alter the name of a specific
7560 instrument directory by sending the following command:
7561 </p>
7562 <p>
7563 </p>
7564 <blockquote class="text">
7565 <p>SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME &lt;dir&gt; &lt;name&gt;
7566 </p>
7567 </blockquote><p>
7568
7569 </p>
7570 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; is the absolute path name of the directory and
7571 &lt;name&gt; is the new name for that directory.
7572 </p>
7573 <p>Possible Answers:
7574 </p>
7575 <p>
7576 </p>
7577 <blockquote class="text">
7578 <p>"OK" -
7579 </p>
7580 <blockquote class="text">
7581 <p>on success
7582 </p>
7583 </blockquote>
7584
7585
7586 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7587 </p>
7588 <blockquote class="text">
7589 <p>in case the given directory does not exists,
7590 or if a directory with name equal to the new
7591 name already exists.
7592 </p>
7593 </blockquote>
7594
7595
7596 </blockquote><p>
7597
7598 </p>
7599 <p>Example:
7600 </p>
7601 <p>
7602 </p>
7603 <blockquote class="text">
7604 <p>C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY NAME '/Piano Collection/Acustic' 'Acoustic'"
7605 </p>
7606 <p>S: "OK"
7607 </p>
7608 </blockquote><p>
7609
7610 </p>
7611 <a name="MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY"></a><br /><hr />
7612 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7613 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.7"></a><h3>6.8.7.&nbsp;
7614 Moving an instrument directory</h3>
7615
7616 <p>The front-end can move a specific
7617 instrument directory by sending the following command:
7618 </p>
7619 <p>
7620 </p>
7621 <blockquote class="text">
7622 <p>MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY &lt;dir&gt; &lt;dst&gt;
7623 </p>
7624 </blockquote><p>
7625
7626 </p>
7627 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; is the absolute path name of the directory
7628 to move and &lt;dst&gt; is the location where the directory will
7629 be moved to.
7630 </p>
7631 <p>Possible Answers:
7632 </p>
7633 <p>
7634 </p>
7635 <blockquote class="text">
7636 <p>"OK" -
7637 </p>
7638 <blockquote class="text">
7639 <p>on success
7640 </p>
7641 </blockquote>
7642
7643
7644 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7645 </p>
7646 <blockquote class="text">
7647 <p>in case a given directory does not exists,
7648 or if a directory with name equal to the name
7649 of the specified directory already exists in
7650 the destination directory. Error is also thrown
7651 when trying to move a directory to a subdirectory
7652 of itself.
7653 </p>
7654 </blockquote>
7655
7656
7657 </blockquote><p>
7658
7659 </p>
7660 <p>Example:
7661 </p>
7662 <p>
7663 </p>
7664 <blockquote class="text">
7665 <p>C: "MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY '/Acoustic' '/Piano Collection/Acoustic'"
7666 </p>
7667 <p>S: "OK"
7668 </p>
7669 </blockquote><p>
7670
7671 </p>
7672 <a name="COPY DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY"></a><br /><hr />
7673 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7674 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.8"></a><h3>6.8.8.&nbsp;
7675 Copying instrument directories</h3>
7676
7677 <p>The front-end can copy a specific
7678 instrument directory by sending the following command:
7679 </p>
7680 <p>
7681 </p>
7682 <blockquote class="text">
7683 <p>COPY DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY &lt;dir&gt; &lt;dst&gt;
7684 </p>
7685 </blockquote><p>
7686
7687 </p>
7688 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; is the absolute path name of the directory
7689 to copy and &lt;dst&gt; is the location where the directory will
7690 be copied to.
7691 </p>
7692 <p>Possible Answers:
7693 </p>
7694 <p>
7695 </p>
7696 <blockquote class="text">
7697 <p>"OK" -
7698 </p>
7699 <blockquote class="text">
7700 <p>on success
7701 </p>
7702 </blockquote>
7703
7704
7705 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7706 </p>
7707 <blockquote class="text">
7708 <p>in case a given directory does not exists,
7709 or if a directory with name equal to the name
7710 of the specified directory already exists in
7711 the destination directory. Error is also thrown
7712 when trying to copy a directory to a subdirectory
7713 of itself.
7714 </p>
7715 </blockquote>
7716
7717
7718 </blockquote><p>
7719
7720 </p>
7721 <p>Example:
7722 </p>
7723 <p>
7724 </p>
7725 <blockquote class="text">
7726 <p>C: "COPY DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY '/Piano Collection/Acoustic' '/Acoustic/Pianos'"
7727 </p>
7728 <p>S: "OK"
7729 </p>
7730 </blockquote><p>
7731
7732 </p>
7733 <a name="SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION"></a><br /><hr />
7734 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7735 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.9"></a><h3>6.8.9.&nbsp;
7736 Changing the description of directory</h3>
7737
7738 <p>The front-end can alter the description of a specific
7739 instrument directory by sending the following command:
7740 </p>
7741 <p>
7742 </p>
7743 <blockquote class="text">
7744 <p>SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION &lt;dir&gt; &lt;desc&gt;
7745 </p>
7746 </blockquote><p>
7747
7748 </p>
7749 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; is the absolute path name of the directory and
7750 &lt;desc&gt; is the new description for the directory.
7751 </p>
7752 <p>Possible Answers:
7753 </p>
7754 <p>
7755 </p>
7756 <blockquote class="text">
7757 <p>"OK" -
7758 </p>
7759 <blockquote class="text">
7760 <p>on success
7761 </p>
7762 </blockquote>
7763
7764
7765 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7766 </p>
7767 <blockquote class="text">
7768 <p>in case the given directory does not exists.
7769 </p>
7770 </blockquote>
7771
7772
7773 </blockquote><p>
7774
7775 </p>
7776 <p>Example:
7777 </p>
7778 <p>
7779 </p>
7780 <blockquote class="text">
7781 <p>C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION '/Piano Collection' 'A collection of piano instruments in various format.'"
7782 </p>
7783 <p>S: "OK"
7784 </p>
7785 </blockquote><p>
7786
7787 </p>
7788 <a name="FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES"></a><br /><hr />
7789 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7790 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.10"></a><h3>6.8.10.&nbsp;
7791 Finding directories</h3>
7792
7793 <p>The front-end can search for directories
7794 in specific directory by sending the following command:
7795 </p>
7796 <p>
7797 </p>
7798 <blockquote class="text">
7799 <p>FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES [NON_RECURSIVE] &lt;dir&gt; &lt;criteria-list&gt;
7800 </p>
7801 </blockquote><p>
7802
7803 </p>
7804 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
7805 name of the directory to search in. If NON_RECURSIVE is specified, the
7806 directories located in subdirectories of the specified directory will not
7807 be searched. &lt;criteria-list&gt; is a list of search criterias
7808 in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...". The following criterias are
7809 allowed:
7810 </p>
7811 <p>
7812
7813 <p>NAME='&lt;search-string&gt;'
7814 </p>
7815 <blockquote class="text">
7816 <p>Restricts the search to directories, which names
7817 satisfy the supplied search string.
7818 </p>
7819 </blockquote><p>
7820
7821 </p>
7822
7823
7824 <p>CREATED='[&lt;date-after&gt;]..[&lt;date-before&gt;]'
7825 </p>
7826 <blockquote class="text">
7827 <p>Restricts the search to directories, which creation
7828 date satisfies the specified period, where &lt;date-after&gt;
7829 and &lt;date-before&gt; are in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format.
7830 If &lt;date-after&gt; is omitted the search is restricted to
7831 directories created before &lt;date-before&gt;. If
7832 &lt;date-before&gt; is omitted, the search is restricted
7833 to directories created after &lt;date-after&gt;.
7834 </p>
7835 </blockquote><p>
7836
7837 </p>
7838
7839
7840 <p>MODIFIED='[&lt;date-after&gt;]..[&lt;date-before&gt;]'
7841 </p>
7842 <blockquote class="text">
7843 <p>Restricts the search to directories, which
7844 date of last modification satisfies the specified period, where
7845 &lt;date-after&gt; and &lt;date-before&gt; are in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS"
7846 format. If &lt;date-after&gt; is omitted the search is restricted to
7847 directories, which are last modified before &lt;date-before&gt;. If
7848 &lt;date-before&gt; is omitted, the search is restricted to directories,
7849 which are last modified after &lt;date-after&gt;.
7850 </p>
7851 </blockquote><p>
7852
7853 </p>
7854
7855
7856 <p>DESCRIPTION='&lt;search-string&gt;'
7857 </p>
7858 <blockquote class="text">
7859 <p>Restricts the search to directories with description
7860 that satisfies the supplied search string.
7861 </p>
7862 </blockquote><p>
7863
7864 </p>
7865
7866
7867 <p>Where &lt;search-string&gt; is either a regular expression, or a
7868 word list separated with spaces for OR search and with '+' for AND search.
7869 </p>
7870 <p>Possible Answers:
7871 </p>
7872 <p>
7873 </p>
7874 <blockquote class="text">
7875 <p>A comma separated list with the absolute path names (encapsulated into
7876 apostrophes) of all directories in the specified directory that satisfy
7877 the supplied search criterias.
7878 </p>
7879 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
7880 </p>
7881 <blockquote class="text">
7882 <p>if the given directory does not exist.
7883 </p>
7884 </blockquote>
7885
7886
7887 </blockquote><p>
7888
7889 </p>
7890 <p>Example:
7891 </p>
7892 <p>
7893 </p>
7894 <blockquote class="text">
7895 <p>C: "FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/' NAME='Piano'"
7896 </p>
7897 <p>S: "'/Piano Collection'"
7898 </p>
7899 </blockquote><p>
7900
7901 </p>
7902 <p>
7903 </p>
7904 <blockquote class="text">
7905 <p>C: "FIND DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES '/' CREATED='..2007-04-01 09:30:13'"
7906 </p>
7907 <p>S: "'/Piano Collection','/Percussions'"
7908 </p>
7909 </blockquote><p>
7910
7911 </p>
7912 <a name="ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS"></a><br /><hr />
7913 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
7914 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.11"></a><h3>6.8.11.&nbsp;
7915 Adding instruments to the instruments database</h3>
7916
7917 <p>The front-end can add one or more instruments
7918 to the instruments database by sending the following command:
7919 </p>
7920 <p>
7921 </p>
7922 <blockquote class="text">
7923 <p>ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS [NON_MODAL] [&lt;mode&gt;] &lt;db_dir&gt; &lt;file_path&gt; [&lt;instr_index&gt;]
7924 </p>
7925 </blockquote><p>
7926
7927 </p>
7928 <p>Where &lt;db_dir&gt; is the absolute path name of a directory
7929 (encapsulated into apostrophes) in the instruments database in which
7930 only the new instruments (that are not already in the database) will
7931 be added, &lt;file_path&gt; is the absolute path name of a file or
7932 directory in the file system (encapsulated into apostrophes). In case
7933 an instrument file is supplied, only the instruments in the specified
7934 file will be added to the instruments database. If the optional
7935 &lt;instr_index&gt; (the index of the instrument within the given file)
7936 is supplied too, then only the specified instrument will be added.
7937 In case a directory is supplied, the instruments in that directory
7938 will be added. The OPTIONAL &lt;mode&gt; argument is only applied
7939 when a directory is provided as &lt;file_path&gt; and specifies how the
7940 scanning will be done and has exactly the following possibilities:
7941 </p>
7942 <p>
7943 </p>
7944 <blockquote class="text">
7945 <p>"RECURSIVE" -
7946 </p>
7947 <blockquote class="text">
7948 <p>All instruments will be processed, including those
7949 in the subdirectories, and the respective subdirectory
7950 tree structure will be recreated in the instruments
7951 database
7952 </p>
7953 </blockquote>
7954
7955
7956 <p>"NON_RECURSIVE" -
7957 </p>
7958 <blockquote class="text">
7959 <p>Only the instruments in the specified directory
7960 will be added, the instruments in the subdirectories
7961 will not be processed.
7962 </p>
7963 </blockquote>
7964
7965
7966 <p>"FLAT" -
7967 </p>
7968 <blockquote class="text">
7969 <p>All instruments will be processed, including those
7970 in the subdirectories, but the respective subdirectory
7971 structure will not be recreated in the instruments
7972 database. All instruments will be added directly in
7973 the specified database directory.
7974 </p>
7975 </blockquote>
7976
7977
7978 </blockquote><p>
7979
7980 </p>
7981 <p>The difference between regular and NON_MODAL versions of the command
7982 is that the regular command returns when the scanning is finished
7983 while NON_MODAL version returns immediately and a background process is launched.
7984 The <a class='info' href='#GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO'>GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting job status information</span><span>)</span></a>
7985 command can be used to monitor the scanning progress.
7986 </p>
7987 <p>Possible Answers:
7988 </p>
7989 <p>
7990 </p>
7991 <blockquote class="text">
7992 <p>"OK" -
7993 </p>
7994 <blockquote class="text">
7995 <p>on success when NON_MODAL is not supplied
7996 </p>
7997 </blockquote>
7998
7999
8000 <p>"OK[&lt;job-id&gt;]" -
8001 </p>
8002 <blockquote class="text">
8003 <p>on success when NON_MODAL is supplied, where &lt;job-id&gt;
8004 is a numerical ID used to obtain status information about the job progress.
8005 See <a class='info' href='#GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO'>GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO<span> (</span><span class='info'>Getting job status information</span><span>)</span></a>
8006
8007 </p>
8008 </blockquote>
8009
8010
8011 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
8012 </p>
8013 <blockquote class="text">
8014 <p>if an invalid path is specified.
8015 </p>
8016 </blockquote>
8017
8018
8019 </blockquote><p>
8020
8021 </p>
8022 <p>Examples:
8023 </p>
8024 <p>
8025 </p>
8026 <blockquote class="text">
8027 <p>C: "ADD DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection' '/home/me/gigs/PMI Bosendorfer 290.gig' 0"
8028 </p>
8029 <p>S: "OK"
8030 </p>
8031 </blockquote><p>
8032
8033 </p>
8034 <a name="REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT"></a><br /><hr />
8035 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8036 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.12"></a><h3>6.8.12.&nbsp;
8037 Removing an instrument</h3>
8038
8039 <p>The front-end can remove a particular instrument
8040 from the instruments database by sending the following command:
8041 </p>
8042 <p>
8043 </p>
8044 <blockquote class="text">
8045 <p>REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT &lt;instr_path&gt;
8046 </p>
8047 </blockquote><p>
8048
8049 </p>
8050 <p>Where &lt;instr_path&gt; is the absolute path name
8051 (in the instruments database) of the instrument to remove.
8052 </p>
8053 <p>Possible Answers:
8054 </p>
8055 <p>
8056 </p>
8057 <blockquote class="text">
8058 <p>"OK" -
8059 </p>
8060 <blockquote class="text">
8061 <p>if the instrument is removed successfully
8062 </p>
8063 </blockquote>
8064
8065
8066 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
8067 </p>
8068 <blockquote class="text">
8069 <p>if the given path does not exist or
8070 is a directory.
8071 </p>
8072 </blockquote>
8073
8074
8075 </blockquote><p>
8076
8077 </p>
8078 <p>Examples:
8079 </p>
8080 <p>
8081 </p>
8082 <blockquote class="text">
8083 <p>C: "REMOVE DB_INSTRUMENT '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290'"
8084 </p>
8085 <p>S: "OK"
8086 </p>
8087 </blockquote><p>
8088
8089 </p>
8090 <a name="GET DB_INSTRUMENTS"></a><br /><hr />
8091 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8092 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.13"></a><h3>6.8.13.&nbsp;
8093 Getting amount of instruments</h3>
8094
8095 <p>The front-end can retrieve the current amount of
8096 instruments in a specific directory by sending the following command:
8097 </p>
8098 <p>
8099 </p>
8100 <blockquote class="text">
8101 <p>GET DB_INSTRUMENTS [RECURSIVE] &lt;dir&gt;
8102 </p>
8103 </blockquote><p>
8104
8105 </p>
8106 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path name
8107 of the directory. If RECURSIVE is specified, the number of all
8108 instruments, including those located in subdirectories of the
8109 specified directory, will be returned.
8110 </p>
8111 <p>Possible Answers:
8112 </p>
8113 <p>
8114 </p>
8115 <blockquote class="text">
8116 <p>The current number of instruments
8117 in the specified directory.
8118 </p>
8119 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
8120 </p>
8121 <blockquote class="text">
8122 <p>if the given directory does not exist.
8123 </p>
8124 </blockquote>
8125
8126
8127 </blockquote><p>
8128
8129 </p>
8130 <p>Example:
8131 </p>
8132 <p>
8133 </p>
8134 <blockquote class="text">
8135 <p>C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection'"
8136 </p>
8137 <p>S: "2"
8138 </p>
8139 </blockquote><p>
8140
8141 </p>
8142 <a name="LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS"></a><br /><hr />
8143 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8144 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.14"></a><h3>6.8.14.&nbsp;
8145 Listing all instruments in specific directory</h3>
8146
8147 <p>The front-end can retrieve the current list of instruments
8148 in specific directory by sending the following command:
8149 </p>
8150 <p>
8151 </p>
8152 <blockquote class="text">
8153 <p>LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS [RECURSIVE] &lt;dir&gt;
8154 </p>
8155 </blockquote><p>
8156
8157 </p>
8158 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
8159 name of the directory. If RECURSIVE is specified, the absolute path
8160 names of all instruments, including those located in subdirectories
8161 of the specified directory, will be returned.
8162 </p>
8163 <p>Possible Answers:
8164 </p>
8165 <p>
8166 </p>
8167 <blockquote class="text">
8168 <p>A comma separated list of all instruments
8169 (encapsulated into apostrophes) in the specified directory.
8170 </p>
8171 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
8172 </p>
8173 <blockquote class="text">
8174 <p>if the given directory does not exist.
8175 </p>
8176 </blockquote>
8177
8178
8179 </blockquote><p>
8180
8181 </p>
8182 <p>Example:
8183 </p>
8184 <p>
8185 </p>
8186 <blockquote class="text">
8187 <p>C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection'"
8188 </p>
8189 <p>S: "'Bosendorfer 290','Steinway D'"
8190 </p>
8191 </blockquote><p>
8192
8193 </p>
8194 <p>
8195 </p>
8196 <blockquote class="text">
8197 <p>C: "LIST DB_INSTRUMENTS RECURSIVE '/Piano Collection'"
8198 </p>
8199 <p>S: "'/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290','/Piano Collection/Steinway D','/Piano Collection/Lite/Free Piano'"
8200 </p>
8201 </blockquote><p>
8202
8203 </p>
8204 <a name="GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO"></a><br /><hr />
8205 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8206 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.15"></a><h3>6.8.15.&nbsp;
8207 Getting instrument information</h3>
8208
8209 <p>The front-end can ask for the current settings of an
8210 instrument by sending the following command:
8211 </p>
8212 <p>
8213 </p>
8214 <blockquote class="text">
8215 <p>GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO &lt;instr_path&gt;
8216 </p>
8217 </blockquote><p>
8218
8219 </p>
8220 <p>Where &lt;instr_path&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
8221 name of the instrument the front-end is interested in.
8222 </p>
8223 <p>Possible Answers:
8224 </p>
8225 <p>
8226 </p>
8227 <blockquote class="text">
8228 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
8229 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
8230 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
8231 the info character string to that setting category. At the
8232 moment the following categories are defined:
8233 </p>
8234 <p>
8235 </p>
8236 <blockquote class="text">
8237 <p>INSTRUMENT_FILE -
8238 </p>
8239 <blockquote class="text">
8240 <p>File name of the instrument.
8241 </p>
8242 </blockquote>
8243
8244
8245 <p>INSTRUMENT_NR -
8246 </p>
8247 <blockquote class="text">
8248 <p>Index of the instrument within the file.
8249 </p>
8250 </blockquote>
8251
8252
8253 <p>FORMAT_FAMILY -
8254 </p>
8255 <blockquote class="text">
8256 <p>The format family of the instrument.
8257 </p>
8258 </blockquote>
8259
8260
8261 <p>FORMAT_VERSION -
8262 </p>
8263 <blockquote class="text">
8264 <p>The format version of the instrument.
8265 </p>
8266 </blockquote>
8267
8268
8269 <p>SIZE -
8270 </p>
8271 <blockquote class="text">
8272 <p>The size of the instrument in bytes.
8273 </p>
8274 </blockquote>
8275
8276
8277 <p>CREATED -
8278 </p>
8279 <blockquote class="text">
8280 <p>The date and time when the instrument is added
8281 in the instruments database, represented in
8282 "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format
8283 </p>
8284 </blockquote>
8285
8286
8287 <p>MODIFIED -
8288 </p>
8289 <blockquote class="text">
8290 <p>The date and time of the last modification of the
8291 instrument's database settings, represented in
8292 "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format
8293 </p>
8294 </blockquote>
8295
8296
8297 <p>DESCRIPTION -
8298 </p>
8299 <blockquote class="text">
8300 <p>A brief description of the instrument
8301 </p>
8302 </blockquote>
8303
8304
8305 <p>IS_DRUM -
8306 </p>
8307 <blockquote class="text">
8308 <p>either true or false, determines whether the
8309 instrument is a drumkit or a chromatic instrument
8310 </p>
8311 </blockquote>
8312
8313
8314 <p>PRODUCT -
8315 </p>
8316 <blockquote class="text">
8317 <p>The product title of the instrument
8318 </p>
8319 </blockquote>
8320
8321
8322 <p>ARTISTS -
8323 </p>
8324 <blockquote class="text">
8325 <p>Lists the artist names
8326 </p>
8327 </blockquote>
8328
8329
8330 <p>KEYWORDS -
8331 </p>
8332 <blockquote class="text">
8333 <p>Provides a list of keywords that refer to the instrument.
8334 Keywords are separated with semicolon and blank.
8335 </p>
8336 </blockquote>
8337
8338
8339 </blockquote>
8340
8341
8342 </blockquote><p>
8343
8344 </p>
8345 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
8346 </p>
8347 <p>Example:
8348 </p>
8349 <p>
8350 </p>
8351 <blockquote class="text">
8352 <p>C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENT INFO '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290'"
8353 </p>
8354 <p>S: "INSTRUMENT_FILE: /home/me/gigs/Bosendorfer 290.gig"
8355 </p>
8356 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"INSTRUMENT_NR: 0"
8357 </p>
8358 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FORMAT_FAMILY: GIG"
8359 </p>
8360 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FORMAT_VERSION: 2"
8361 </p>
8362 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"SIZE: 2050871870"
8363 </p>
8364 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"CREATED: 2007-02-05 10:23:12"
8365 </p>
8366 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"MODIFIED: 2007-04-07 12:50:21"
8367 </p>
8368 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"DESCRIPTION: "
8369 </p>
8370 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"IS_DRUM: false"
8371 </p>
8372 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"PRODUCT: GRANDIOSO Bosendorfer 290"
8373 </p>
8374 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"ARTISTS: Post Musical Instruments"
8375 </p>
8376 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"KEYWORDS: Bosendorfer"
8377 </p>
8378 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
8379 </p>
8380 </blockquote><p>
8381
8382 </p>
8383 <a name="SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME"></a><br /><hr />
8384 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8385 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.16"></a><h3>6.8.16.&nbsp;
8386 Renaming an instrument</h3>
8387
8388 <p>The front-end can alter the name of a specific
8389 instrument by sending the following command:
8390 </p>
8391 <p>
8392 </p>
8393 <blockquote class="text">
8394 <p>SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME &lt;instr&gt; &lt;name&gt;
8395 </p>
8396 </blockquote><p>
8397
8398 </p>
8399 <p>Where &lt;instr&gt; is the absolute path name of the instrument and
8400 &lt;name&gt; is the new name for that instrument.
8401 </p>
8402 <p>Possible Answers:
8403 </p>
8404 <p>
8405 </p>
8406 <blockquote class="text">
8407 <p>"OK" -
8408 </p>
8409 <blockquote class="text">
8410 <p>on success
8411 </p>
8412 </blockquote>
8413
8414
8415 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
8416 </p>
8417 <blockquote class="text">
8418 <p>in case the given instrument does not exists,
8419 or if an instrument with name equal to the new
8420 name already exists.
8421 </p>
8422 </blockquote>
8423
8424
8425 </blockquote><p>
8426
8427 </p>
8428 <p>Example:
8429 </p>
8430 <p>
8431 </p>
8432 <blockquote class="text">
8433 <p>C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT NAME '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer' 'Bosendorfer 290'"
8434 </p>
8435 <p>S: "OK"
8436 </p>
8437 </blockquote><p>
8438
8439 </p>
8440 <a name="MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT"></a><br /><hr />
8441 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8442 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.17"></a><h3>6.8.17.&nbsp;
8443 Moving an instrument</h3>
8444
8445 <p>The front-end can move a specific instrument to another directory by
8446 sending the following command:
8447 </p>
8448 <p>
8449 </p>
8450 <blockquote class="text">
8451 <p>MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT &lt;instr&gt; &lt;dst&gt;
8452 </p>
8453 </blockquote><p>
8454
8455 </p>
8456 <p>Where &lt;instr&gt; is the absolute path name of the instrument
8457 to move and &lt;dst&gt; is the directory where the instrument will
8458 be moved to.
8459 </p>
8460 <p>Possible Answers:
8461 </p>
8462 <p>
8463 </p>
8464 <blockquote class="text">
8465 <p>"OK" -
8466 </p>
8467 <blockquote class="text">
8468 <p>on success
8469 </p>
8470 </blockquote>
8471
8472
8473 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
8474 </p>
8475 <blockquote class="text">
8476 <p>in case the given instrument does not exists,
8477 or if an instrument with name equal to the name of the
8478 specified instrument already exists in the destination
8479 directory.
8480 </p>
8481 </blockquote>
8482
8483
8484 </blockquote><p>
8485
8486 </p>
8487 <p>Example:
8488 </p>
8489 <p>
8490 </p>
8491 <blockquote class="text">
8492 <p>C: "MOVE DB_INSTRUMENT '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290' '/Piano Collection/Acoustic'"
8493 </p>
8494 <p>S: "OK"
8495 </p>
8496 </blockquote><p>
8497
8498 </p>
8499 <a name="COPY DB_INSTRUMENT"></a><br /><hr />
8500 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8501 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.18"></a><h3>6.8.18.&nbsp;
8502 Copying instruments</h3>
8503
8504 <p>The front-end can copy a specific instrument to another directory by
8505 sending the following command:
8506 </p>
8507 <p>
8508 </p>
8509 <blockquote class="text">
8510 <p>COPY DB_INSTRUMENT &lt;instr&gt; &lt;dst&gt;
8511 </p>
8512 </blockquote><p>
8513
8514 </p>
8515 <p>Where &lt;instr&gt; is the absolute path name of the instrument
8516 to copy and &lt;dst&gt; is the directory where the instrument will
8517 be copied to.
8518 </p>
8519 <p>Possible Answers:
8520 </p>
8521 <p>
8522 </p>
8523 <blockquote class="text">
8524 <p>"OK" -
8525 </p>
8526 <blockquote class="text">
8527 <p>on success
8528 </p>
8529 </blockquote>
8530
8531
8532 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
8533 </p>
8534 <blockquote class="text">
8535 <p>in case the given instrument does not exists,
8536 or if an instrument with name equal to the name of the
8537 specified instrument already exists in the destination
8538 directory.
8539 </p>
8540 </blockquote>
8541
8542
8543 </blockquote><p>
8544
8545 </p>
8546 <p>Example:
8547 </p>
8548 <p>
8549 </p>
8550 <blockquote class="text">
8551 <p>C: "COPY DB_INSTRUMENT '/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290' '/Acoustic/Pianos/'"
8552 </p>
8553 <p>S: "OK"
8554 </p>
8555 </blockquote><p>
8556
8557 </p>
8558 <a name="SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION"></a><br /><hr />
8559 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8560 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.19"></a><h3>6.8.19.&nbsp;
8561 Changing the description of instrument</h3>
8562
8563 <p>The front-end can alter the description of a specific
8564 instrument by sending the following command:
8565 </p>
8566 <p>
8567 </p>
8568 <blockquote class="text">
8569 <p>SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION &lt;instr&gt; &lt;desc&gt;
8570 </p>
8571 </blockquote><p>
8572
8573 </p>
8574 <p>Where &lt;instr&gt; is the absolute path name of the instrument and
8575 &lt;desc&gt; is the new description for the instrument.
8576 </p>
8577 <p>Possible Answers:
8578 </p>
8579 <p>
8580 </p>
8581 <blockquote class="text">
8582 <p>"OK" -
8583 </p>
8584 <blockquote class="text">
8585 <p>on success
8586 </p>
8587 </blockquote>
8588
8589
8590 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
8591 </p>
8592 <blockquote class="text">
8593 <p>in case the given instrument does not exists.
8594 </p>
8595 </blockquote>
8596
8597
8598 </blockquote><p>
8599
8600 </p>
8601 <p>Example:
8602 </p>
8603 <p>
8604 </p>
8605 <blockquote class="text">
8606 <p>C: "SET DB_INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION '/Piano Collection/Acoustic/Bosendorfer 290' 'No comment :)'"
8607 </p>
8608 <p>S: "OK"
8609 </p>
8610 </blockquote><p>
8611
8612 </p>
8613 <a name="FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS"></a><br /><hr />
8614 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8615 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.20"></a><h3>6.8.20.&nbsp;
8616 Finding instruments</h3>
8617
8618 <p>The front-end can search for instruments
8619 in specific directory by sending the following command:
8620 </p>
8621 <p>
8622 </p>
8623 <blockquote class="text">
8624 <p>FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS [NON_RECURSIVE] &lt;dir&gt; &lt;criteria-list&gt;
8625 </p>
8626 </blockquote><p>
8627
8628 </p>
8629 <p>Where &lt;dir&gt; should be replaced by the absolute path
8630 name of the directory to search in. If NON_RECURSIVE is specified, the
8631 directories located in subdirectories of the specified directory will not
8632 be searched. &lt;criteria-list&gt; is a list of search criterias
8633 in form of "key1=val1 key2=val2 ...". The following criterias are
8634 allowed:
8635 </p>
8636 <p>
8637
8638 <p>NAME='&lt;search-string&gt;'
8639 </p>
8640 <blockquote class="text">
8641 <p>Restricts the search to instruments, which names
8642 satisfy the supplied search string.
8643 </p>
8644 </blockquote><p>
8645
8646 </p>
8647
8648
8649 <p>SIZE=[&lt;min&gt;]..[&lt;max&gt;]
8650 </p>
8651 <blockquote class="text">
8652 <p>Restricts the search to instruments, which
8653 size is in the specified range. If &lt;min&gt; is omitted,
8654 the search results are restricted to instruments with size less then
8655 or equal to &lt;max&gt;. If &lt;max&gt; is omitted, the
8656 search is restricted to instruments with size greater then
8657 or equal to &lt;min&gt;.
8658 </p>
8659 </blockquote><p>
8660
8661 </p>
8662
8663
8664 <p>CREATED='[&lt;date-after&gt;]..[&lt;date-before&gt;]'
8665 </p>
8666 <blockquote class="text">
8667 <p>Restricts the search to instruments, which creation
8668 date satisfies the specified period, where &lt;date-after&gt;
8669 and &lt;date-before&gt; are in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" format.
8670 If &lt;date-after&gt; is omitted the search is restricted to
8671 instruments created before &lt;date-before&gt;. If
8672 &lt;date-before&gt; is omitted, the search is restricted
8673 to instruments created after &lt;date-after&gt;.
8674 </p>
8675 </blockquote><p>
8676
8677 </p>
8678
8679
8680 <p>MODIFIED='[&lt;date-after&gt;]..[&lt;date-before&gt;]'
8681 </p>
8682 <blockquote class="text">
8683 <p>Restricts the search to instruments, which
8684 date of last modification satisfies the specified period, where
8685 &lt;date-after&gt; and &lt;date-before&gt; are in "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS"
8686 format. If &lt;date-after&gt; is omitted the search is restricted to
8687 instruments, which are last modified before &lt;date-before&gt;. If
8688 &lt;date-before&gt; is omitted, the search is restricted to instruments,
8689 which are last modified after &lt;date-after&gt;.
8690 </p>
8691 </blockquote><p>
8692
8693 </p>
8694
8695
8696 <p>DESCRIPTION='&lt;search-string&gt;'
8697 </p>
8698 <blockquote class="text">
8699 <p>Restricts the search to instruments with description
8700 that satisfies the supplied search string.
8701 </p>
8702 </blockquote><p>
8703
8704 </p>
8705
8706
8707 <p>PRODUCT='&lt;search-string&gt;'
8708 </p>
8709 <blockquote class="text">
8710 <p>Restricts the search to instruments with product info
8711 that satisfies the supplied search string.
8712 </p>
8713 </blockquote><p>
8714
8715 </p>
8716
8717
8718 <p>ARTISTS='&lt;search-string&gt;'
8719 </p>
8720 <blockquote class="text">
8721 <p>Restricts the search to instruments with artists info
8722 that satisfies the supplied search string.
8723 </p>
8724 </blockquote><p>
8725
8726 </p>
8727
8728
8729 <p>KEYWORDS='&lt;search-string&gt;'
8730 </p>
8731 <blockquote class="text">
8732 <p>Restricts the search to instruments with keyword list
8733 that satisfies the supplied search string.
8734 </p>
8735 </blockquote><p>
8736
8737 </p>
8738
8739
8740 <p>IS_DRUM=true | false
8741 </p>
8742 <blockquote class="text">
8743 <p>Either true or false. Restricts the search to
8744 drum kits or chromatic instruments.
8745 </p>
8746 </blockquote><p>
8747
8748 </p>
8749
8750
8751 <p>FORMAT_FAMILIES='&lt;format-list&gt;'
8752 </p>
8753 <blockquote class="text">
8754 <p>Restricts the search to instruments of the supplied format families,
8755 where &lt;format-list&gt; is a comma separated list of format families.
8756 </p>
8757 </blockquote><p>
8758
8759 </p>
8760
8761
8762 <p>Where &lt;search-string&gt; is either a regular expression, or a
8763 word list separated with spaces for OR search and with '+' for AND search.
8764 </p>
8765 <p>Possible Answers:
8766 </p>
8767 <p>
8768 </p>
8769 <blockquote class="text">
8770 <p>A comma separated list with the absolute path names (encapsulated into
8771 apostrophes) of all instruments in the specified directory that satisfy
8772 the supplied search criterias.
8773 </p>
8774 <p>"ERR:&lt;error-code&gt;:&lt;error-message&gt;" -
8775 </p>
8776 <blockquote class="text">
8777 <p>if the given directory does not exist.
8778 </p>
8779 </blockquote>
8780
8781
8782 </blockquote><p>
8783
8784 </p>
8785 <p>Example:
8786 </p>
8787 <p>
8788 </p>
8789 <blockquote class="text">
8790 <p>C: "FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection' NAME='bosendorfer+290'"
8791 </p>
8792 <p>S: "'/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290'"
8793 </p>
8794 </blockquote><p>
8795
8796 </p>
8797 <p>
8798 </p>
8799 <blockquote class="text">
8800 <p>C: "FIND DB_INSTRUMENTS '/Piano Collection' CREATED='2007-04-01 09:30:13..'"
8801 </p>
8802 <p>S: "'/Piano Collection/Bosendorfer 290','/Piano Collection/Steinway D'"
8803 </p>
8804 </blockquote><p>
8805
8806 </p>
8807 <a name="GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO"></a><br /><hr />
8808 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8809 <a name="rfc.section.6.8.21"></a><h3>6.8.21.&nbsp;
8810 Getting job status information</h3>
8811
8812 <p>The front-end can ask for the current status of a
8813 particular database instruments job by sending the following command:
8814 </p>
8815 <p>
8816 </p>
8817 <blockquote class="text">
8818 <p>GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO &lt;job-id&gt;
8819 </p>
8820 </blockquote><p>
8821
8822 </p>
8823 <p>Where &lt;job-id&gt; should be replaced by the numerical ID
8824 of the job the front-end is interested in.
8825 </p>
8826 <p>Possible Answers:
8827 </p>
8828 <p>
8829 </p>
8830 <blockquote class="text">
8831 <p>LinuxSampler will answer by sending a &lt;CRLF&gt; separated list.
8832 Each answer line begins with the settings category name
8833 followed by a colon and then a space character &lt;SP&gt; and finally
8834 the info character string to that setting category. At the
8835 moment the following categories are defined:
8836 </p>
8837 <p>
8838 </p>
8839 <blockquote class="text">
8840 <p>FILES_TOTAL -
8841 </p>
8842 <blockquote class="text">
8843 <p>The total number of files scheduled for scanning
8844 </p>
8845 </blockquote>
8846
8847
8848 <p>FILES_SCANNED -
8849 </p>
8850 <blockquote class="text">
8851 <p>The current number of scanned files
8852 </p>
8853 </blockquote>
8854
8855
8856 <p>SCANNING -
8857 </p>
8858 <blockquote class="text">
8859 <p>The absolute path name of the file which is currently
8860 being scanned
8861 </p>
8862 </blockquote>
8863
8864
8865 <p>STATUS -
8866 </p>
8867 <blockquote class="text">
8868 <p>An integer value between 0 and 100 indicating the
8869 scanning progress percentage of the file which is
8870 currently being scanned
8871 </p>
8872 </blockquote>
8873
8874
8875 </blockquote>
8876
8877
8878 </blockquote><p>
8879
8880 </p>
8881 <p>The mentioned fields above don't have to be in particular order.
8882 </p>
8883 <p>Example:
8884 </p>
8885 <p>
8886 </p>
8887 <blockquote class="text">
8888 <p>C: "GET DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB INFO 2"
8889 </p>
8890 <p>S: "FILES_TOTAL: 12"
8891 </p>
8892 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"FILES_SCANNED: 7"
8893 </p>
8894 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"SCANNING: /home/me/gigs/Bosendorfer 290.gig"
8895 </p>
8896 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"STATUS: 42"
8897 </p>
8898 <p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;"."
8899 </p>
8900 </blockquote><p>
8901
8902 </p>
8903 <a name="command_syntax"></a><br /><hr />
8904 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
8905 <a name="rfc.section.7"></a><h3>7.&nbsp;
8906 Command Syntax</h3>
8907
8908 <p>The grammar of the control protocol as descibed in <a class='info' href='#control_commands'>Section&nbsp;6<span> (</span><span class='info'>Description for control commands</span><span>)</span></a>
8909 is defined below using Backus-Naur Form (BNF as described in <a class='info' href='#RFC2234'>[RFC2234]<span> (</span><span class='info'>Crocker, D. and P. Overell, &ldquo;Augmented BNF for Syntax Specifications,&rdquo; 1997.</span><span>)</span></a>)
8910 where applicable.
8911
8912 </p>
8913 <p>input =
8914 </p>
8915 <blockquote class="text">
8916 <p>line LF
8917
8918 </p>
8919 <p>/ line CR LF
8920
8921 </p>
8922 </blockquote><p>
8923
8924 </p>
8925 <p>line =
8926 </p>
8927 <blockquote class="text">
8928 <p>/* epsilon (empty line ignored) */
8929
8930 </p>
8931 <p>/ comment
8932
8933 </p>
8934 <p>/ command
8935
8936 </p>
8937 <p>/ error
8938
8939 </p>
8940 </blockquote><p>
8941
8942 </p>
8943 <p>comment =
8944 </p>
8945 <blockquote class="text">
8946 <p>'#'
8947
8948 </p>
8949 <p>/ comment '#'
8950
8951 </p>
8952 <p>/ comment SP
8953
8954 </p>
8955 <p>/ comment number
8956
8957 </p>
8958 <p>/ comment string
8959
8960 </p>
8961 </blockquote><p>
8962
8963 </p>
8964 <p>command =
8965 </p>
8966 <blockquote class="text">
8967 <p>ADD SP add_instruction
8968
8969 </p>
8970 <p>/ MAP SP map_instruction
8971
8972 </p>
8973 <p>/ UNMAP SP unmap_instruction
8974
8975 </p>
8976 <p>/ GET SP get_instruction
8977
8978 </p>
8979 <p>/ CREATE SP create_instruction
8980
8981 </p>
8982 <p>/ DESTROY SP destroy_instruction
8983
8984 </p>
8985 <p>/ LIST SP list_instruction
8986
8987 </p>
8988 <p>/ LOAD SP load_instruction
8989
8990 </p>
8991 <p>/ REMOVE SP remove_instruction
8992
8993 </p>
8994 <p>/ SET SP set_instruction
8995
8996 </p>
8997 <p>/ SUBSCRIBE SP subscribe_event
8998
8999 </p>
9000 <p>/ UNSUBSCRIBE SP unsubscribe_event
9001
9002 </p>
9003 <p>/ RESET SP reset_instruction
9004
9005 </p>
9006 <p>/ CLEAR SP clear_instruction
9007
9008 </p>
9009 <p>/ FIND SP find_instruction
9010
9011 </p>
9012 <p>/ MOVE SP move_instruction
9013
9014 </p>
9015 <p>/ COPY SP copy_instruction
9016
9017 </p>
9018 <p>/ RESET
9019
9020 </p>
9021 <p>/ QUIT
9022
9023 </p>
9024 </blockquote><p>
9025
9026 </p>
9027 <p>add_instruction =
9028 </p>
9029 <blockquote class="text">
9030 <p>CHANNEL
9031
9032 </p>
9033 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP pathname
9034
9035 </p>
9036 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_MODAL SP scan_mode SP pathname SP pathname
9037
9038 </p>
9039 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP scan_mode SP pathname SP pathname
9040
9041 </p>
9042 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_MODAL SP pathname SP pathname
9043
9044 </p>
9045 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_MODAL SP pathname SP pathname SP instrument_index
9046
9047 </p>
9048 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP pathname SP pathname
9049
9050 </p>
9051 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP pathname SP pathname SP instrument_index
9052
9053 </p>
9054 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP
9055
9056 </p>
9057 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP map_name
9058
9059 </p>
9060 </blockquote><p>
9061
9062 </p>
9063 <p>subscribe_event =
9064 </p>
9065 <blockquote class="text">
9066 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
9067
9068 </p>
9069 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO
9070
9071 </p>
9072 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
9073
9074 </p>
9075 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO
9076
9077 </p>
9078 <p>/ CHANNEL_COUNT
9079
9080 </p>
9081 <p>/ VOICE_COUNT
9082
9083 </p>
9084 <p>/ STREAM_COUNT
9085
9086 </p>
9087 <p>/ BUFFER_FILL
9088
9089 </p>
9090 <p>/ CHANNEL_INFO
9091
9092 </p>
9093 <p>/ FX_SEND_COUNT
9094
9095 </p>
9096 <p>/ FX_SEND_INFO
9097
9098 </p>
9099 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT
9100
9101 </p>
9102 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO
9103
9104 </p>
9105 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
9106
9107 </p>
9108 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO
9109
9110 </p>
9111 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT
9112
9113 </p>
9114 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO
9115
9116 </p>
9117 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
9118
9119 </p>
9120 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO
9121
9122 </p>
9123 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO
9124
9125 </p>
9126 <p>/ MISCELLANEOUS
9127
9128 </p>
9129 <p>/ TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
9130
9131 </p>
9132 <p>/ GLOBAL_INFO
9133
9134 </p>
9135 </blockquote><p>
9136
9137 </p>
9138 <p>unsubscribe_event =
9139 </p>
9140 <blockquote class="text">
9141 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
9142
9143 </p>
9144 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO
9145
9146 </p>
9147 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
9148
9149 </p>
9150 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO
9151
9152 </p>
9153 <p>/ CHANNEL_COUNT
9154
9155 </p>
9156 <p>/ VOICE_COUNT
9157
9158 </p>
9159 <p>/ STREAM_COUNT
9160
9161 </p>
9162 <p>/ BUFFER_FILL
9163
9164 </p>
9165 <p>/ CHANNEL_INFO
9166
9167 </p>
9168 <p>/ FX_SEND_COUNT
9169
9170 </p>
9171 <p>/ FX_SEND_INFO
9172
9173 </p>
9174 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT
9175
9176 </p>
9177 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO
9178
9179 </p>
9180 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
9181
9182 </p>
9183 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO
9184
9185 </p>
9186 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT
9187
9188 </p>
9189 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO
9190
9191 </p>
9192 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
9193
9194 </p>
9195 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO
9196
9197 </p>
9198 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO
9199
9200 </p>
9201 <p>/ MISCELLANEOUS
9202
9203 </p>
9204 <p>/ TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
9205
9206 </p>
9207 <p>/ GLOBAL_INFO
9208
9209 </p>
9210 </blockquote><p>
9211
9212 </p>
9213 <p>map_instruction =
9214 </p>
9215 <blockquote class="text">
9216 <p>MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value
9217
9218 </p>
9219 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value SP instr_load_mode
9220
9221 </p>
9222 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value SP entry_name
9223
9224 </p>
9225 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP modal_arg midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog SP engine_name SP filename SP instrument_index SP volume_value SP instr_load_mode SP entry_name
9226
9227 </p>
9228 </blockquote><p>
9229
9230 </p>
9231 <p>unmap_instruction =
9232 </p>
9233 <blockquote class="text">
9234 <p>MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog
9235
9236 </p>
9237 </blockquote><p>
9238
9239 </p>
9240 <p>remove_instruction =
9241 </p>
9242 <blockquote class="text">
9243 <p>CHANNEL SP sampler_channel
9244
9245 </p>
9246 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP midi_map
9247
9248 </p>
9249 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP ALL
9250
9251 </p>
9252 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP FORCE SP pathname
9253
9254 </p>
9255 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP pathname
9256
9257 </p>
9258 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP pathname
9259
9260 </p>
9261 </blockquote><p>
9262
9263 </p>
9264 <p>get_instruction =
9265 </p>
9266 <blockquote class="text">
9267 <p>AVAILABLE_ENGINES
9268
9269 </p>
9270 <p>/ AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS
9271
9272 </p>
9273 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER SP INFO SP string
9274
9275 </p>
9276 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string
9277
9278 </p>
9279 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string SP key_val_list
9280
9281 </p>
9282 <p>/ AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS
9283
9284 </p>
9285 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER SP INFO SP string
9286
9287 </p>
9288 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string
9289
9290 </p>
9291 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVER_PARAMETER SP INFO SP string SP string SP key_val_list
9292
9293 </p>
9294 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES
9295
9296 </p>
9297 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES
9298
9299 </p>
9300 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP INFO SP number
9301
9302 </p>
9303 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP INFO SP number
9304
9305 </p>
9306 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_PORT SP INFO SP number SP number
9307
9308 </p>
9309 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER SP INFO SP number SP number SP string
9310
9311 </p>
9312 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL SP INFO SP number SP number
9313
9314 </p>
9315 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER SP INFO SP number SP number SP string
9316
9317 </p>
9318 <p>/ CHANNELS
9319
9320 </p>
9321 <p>/ CHANNEL SP INFO SP sampler_channel
9322
9323 </p>
9324 <p>/ CHANNEL SP BUFFER_FILL SP buffer_size_type SP sampler_channel
9325
9326 </p>
9327 <p>/ CHANNEL SP STREAM_COUNT SP sampler_channel
9328
9329 </p>
9330 <p>/ CHANNEL SP VOICE_COUNT SP sampler_channel
9331
9332 </p>
9333 <p>/ ENGINE SP INFO SP engine_name
9334
9335 </p>
9336 <p>/ SERVER SP INFO
9337
9338 </p>
9339 <p>/ TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
9340
9341 </p>
9342 <p>/ TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT_MAX
9343
9344 </p>
9345 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP midi_map
9346
9347 </p>
9348 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP ALL
9349
9350 </p>
9351 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT SP INFO SP midi_map SP midi_bank SP midi_prog
9352
9353 </p>
9354 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
9355
9356 </p>
9357 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP INFO SP midi_map
9358
9359 </p>
9360 <p>/ FX_SENDS SP sampler_channel
9361
9362 </p>
9363 <p>/ FX_SEND SP INFO SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id
9364
9365 </p>
9366 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP RECURSIVE SP pathname
9367
9368 </p>
9369 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP pathname
9370
9371 </p>
9372 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP INFO SP pathname
9373
9374 </p>
9375 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP RECURSIVE SP pathname
9376
9377 </p>
9378 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP pathname
9379
9380 </p>
9381 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP INFO SP pathname
9382
9383 </p>
9384 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB SP INFO SP number
9385
9386 </p>
9387 <p>/ VOLUME
9388
9389 </p>
9390 </blockquote><p>
9391
9392 </p>
9393 <p>set_instruction =
9394 </p>
9395 <blockquote class="text">
9396 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER SP number SP string '=' param_val_list
9397
9398 </p>
9399 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL_PARAMETER SP number SP number SP string '=' param_val_list
9400
9401 </p>
9402 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_PARAMETER SP number SP string '=' param_val_list
9403
9404 </p>
9405 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_PORT_PARAMETER SP number SP number SP string '=' param_val_list
9406
9407 </p>
9408 <p>/ CHANNEL SP set_chan_instruction
9409
9410 </p>
9411 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP NAME SP midi_map SP map_name
9412
9413 </p>
9414 <p>/ FX_SEND SP NAME SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP fx_send_name
9415
9416 </p>
9417 <p>/ FX_SEND SP AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP audio_channel_index SP audio_channel_index
9418
9419 </p>
9420 <p>/ FX_SEND SP MIDI_CONTROLLER SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP midi_ctrl
9421
9422 </p>
9423 <p>/ FX_SEND SP LEVEL SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id SP volume_value
9424
9425 </p>
9426 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP NAME SP pathname SP dirname
9427
9428 </p>
9429 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP DESCRIPTION SP pathname SP stringval
9430
9431 </p>
9432 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP NAME SP pathname SP dirname
9433
9434 </p>
9435 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP DESCRIPTION SP pathname SP stringval
9436
9437 </p>
9438 <p>/ ECHO SP boolean
9439
9440 </p>
9441 <p>/ VOLUME SP volume_value
9442
9443 </p>
9444 </blockquote><p>
9445
9446 </p>
9447 <p>create_instruction =
9448 </p>
9449 <blockquote class="text">
9450 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP string SP key_val_list
9451
9452 </p>
9453 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP string
9454
9455 </p>
9456 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP string SP key_val_list
9457
9458 </p>
9459 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP string
9460
9461 </p>
9462 <p>/ FX_SEND SP sampler_channel SP midi_ctrl
9463
9464 </p>
9465 <p>/ FX_SEND SP sampler_channel SP midi_ctrl SP fx_send_name
9466
9467 </p>
9468 </blockquote><p>
9469
9470 </p>
9471 <p>reset_instruction =
9472 </p>
9473 <blockquote class="text">
9474 <p>CHANNEL SP sampler_channel
9475
9476 </p>
9477 </blockquote><p>
9478
9479 </p>
9480 <p>clear_instruction =
9481 </p>
9482 <blockquote class="text">
9483 <p>MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP midi_map
9484
9485 </p>
9486 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP ALL
9487
9488 </p>
9489 </blockquote><p>
9490
9491 </p>
9492 <p>find_instruction =
9493 </p>
9494 <blockquote class="text">
9495 <p>DB_INSTRUMENTS SP NON_RECURSIVE SP pathname SP query_val_list
9496
9497 </p>
9498 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP pathname SP query_val_list
9499
9500 </p>
9501 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP NON_RECURSIVE SP pathname SP query_val_list
9502
9503 </p>
9504 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP pathname SP query_val_list
9505
9506 </p>
9507 </blockquote><p>
9508
9509 </p>
9510 <p>move_instruction =
9511 </p>
9512 <blockquote class="text">
9513 <p>DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP pathname SP pathname
9514
9515 </p>
9516 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP pathname SP pathname
9517
9518 </p>
9519 </blockquote><p>
9520
9521 </p>
9522 <p>copy_instruction =
9523 </p>
9524 <blockquote class="text">
9525 <p>DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY SP pathname SP pathname
9526
9527 </p>
9528 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT SP pathname SP pathname
9529
9530 </p>
9531 </blockquote><p>
9532
9533 </p>
9534 <p>destroy_instruction =
9535 </p>
9536 <blockquote class="text">
9537 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP number
9538
9539 </p>
9540 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP number
9541
9542 </p>
9543 <p>/ FX_SEND SP sampler_channel SP fx_send_id
9544
9545 </p>
9546 </blockquote><p>
9547
9548 </p>
9549 <p>load_instruction =
9550 </p>
9551 <blockquote class="text">
9552 <p>INSTRUMENT SP load_instr_args
9553
9554 </p>
9555 <p>/ ENGINE SP load_engine_args
9556
9557 </p>
9558 </blockquote><p>
9559
9560 </p>
9561 <p>set_chan_instruction =
9562 </p>
9563 <blockquote class="text">
9564 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE SP sampler_channel SP device_index
9565
9566 </p>
9567 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_CHANNEL SP sampler_channel SP audio_channel_index SP audio_channel_index
9568
9569 </p>
9570 <p>/ AUDIO_OUTPUT_TYPE SP sampler_channel SP audio_output_type_name
9571
9572 </p>
9573 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT SP sampler_channel SP device_index SP midi_input_port_index SP midi_input_channel_index
9574
9575 </p>
9576 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE SP sampler_channel SP device_index
9577
9578 </p>
9579 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_PORT SP sampler_channel SP midi_input_port_index
9580
9581 </p>
9582 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_CHANNEL SP sampler_channel SP midi_input_channel_index
9583
9584 </p>
9585 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_TYPE SP sampler_channel SP midi_input_type_name
9586
9587 </p>
9588 <p>/ VOLUME SP sampler_channel SP volume_value
9589
9590 </p>
9591 <p>/ MUTE SP sampler_channel SP boolean
9592
9593 </p>
9594 <p>/ SOLO SP sampler_channel SP boolean
9595
9596 </p>
9597 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP sampler_channel SP midi_map
9598
9599 </p>
9600 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP sampler_channel SP NONE
9601
9602 </p>
9603 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP SP sampler_channel SP DEFAULT
9604
9605 </p>
9606 </blockquote><p>
9607
9608 </p>
9609 <p>modal_arg =
9610 </p>
9611 <blockquote class="text">
9612 <p>/* epsilon (empty argument) */
9613
9614 </p>
9615 <p>/ NON_MODAL SP
9616
9617 </p>
9618 </blockquote><p>
9619
9620 </p>
9621 <p>key_val_list =
9622 </p>
9623 <blockquote class="text">
9624 <p>string '=' param_val_list
9625
9626 </p>
9627 <p>/ key_val_list SP string '=' param_val_list
9628
9629 </p>
9630 </blockquote><p>
9631
9632 </p>
9633 <p>buffer_size_type =
9634 </p>
9635 <blockquote class="text">
9636 <p>BYTES
9637
9638 </p>
9639 <p>/ PERCENTAGE
9640
9641 </p>
9642 </blockquote><p>
9643
9644 </p>
9645 <p>list_instruction =
9646 </p>
9647 <blockquote class="text">
9648 <p>AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICES
9649
9650 </p>
9651 <p>/ MIDI_INPUT_DEVICES
9652
9653 </p>
9654 <p>/ CHANNELS
9655
9656 </p>
9657 <p>/ AVAILABLE_ENGINES
9658
9659 </p>
9660 <p>/ AVAILABLE_MIDI_INPUT_DRIVERS
9661
9662 </p>
9663 <p>/ AVAILABLE_AUDIO_OUTPUT_DRIVERS
9664
9665 </p>
9666 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP midi_map
9667
9668 </p>
9669 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENTS SP ALL
9670
9671 </p>
9672 <p>/ MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAPS
9673
9674 </p>
9675 <p>/ FX_SENDS SP sampler_channel
9676
9677 </p>
9678 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP RECURSIVE SP pathname
9679
9680 </p>
9681 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORIES SP pathname
9682
9683 </p>
9684 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP RECURSIVE SP pathname
9685
9686 </p>
9687 <p>/ DB_INSTRUMENTS SP pathname
9688
9689 </p>
9690 </blockquote><p>
9691
9692 </p>
9693 <p>load_instr_args =
9694 </p>
9695 <blockquote class="text">
9696 <p>filename SP instrument_index SP sampler_channel
9697
9698 </p>
9699 <p>/ NON_MODAL SP filename SP instrument_index SP sampler_channel
9700
9701 </p>
9702 </blockquote><p>
9703
9704 </p>
9705 <p>load_engine_args =
9706 </p>
9707 <blockquote class="text">
9708 <p>engine_name SP sampler_channel
9709
9710 </p>
9711 </blockquote><p>
9712
9713 </p>
9714 <p>instr_load_mode =
9715 </p>
9716 <blockquote class="text">
9717 <p>ON_DEMAND
9718
9719 </p>
9720 <p>/ ON_DEMAND_HOLD
9721
9722 </p>
9723 <p>/ PERSISTENT
9724
9725 </p>
9726 </blockquote><p>
9727
9728 </p>
9729 <p>device_index =
9730 </p>
9731 <blockquote class="text">
9732 <p>number
9733
9734 </p>
9735 </blockquote><p>
9736
9737 </p>
9738 <p>audio_channel_index =
9739 </p>
9740 <blockquote class="text">
9741 <p>number
9742
9743 </p>
9744 </blockquote><p>
9745
9746 </p>
9747 <p>audio_output_type_name =
9748 </p>
9749 <blockquote class="text">
9750 <p>string
9751
9752 </p>
9753 </blockquote><p>
9754
9755 </p>
9756 <p>midi_input_port_index =
9757 </p>
9758 <blockquote class="text">
9759 <p>number
9760
9761 </p>
9762 </blockquote><p>
9763
9764 </p>
9765 <p>midi_input_channel_index =
9766 </p>
9767 <blockquote class="text">
9768 <p>number
9769
9770 </p>
9771 <p>/ ALL
9772
9773 </p>
9774 </blockquote><p>
9775
9776 </p>
9777 <p>midi_input_type_name =
9778 </p>
9779 <blockquote class="text">
9780 <p>string
9781
9782 </p>
9783 </blockquote><p>
9784
9785 </p>
9786 <p>midi_map =
9787 </p>
9788 <blockquote class="text">
9789 <p>number
9790
9791 </p>
9792 </blockquote><p>
9793
9794 </p>
9795 <p>midi_bank =
9796 </p>
9797 <blockquote class="text">
9798 <p>number
9799
9800 </p>
9801 </blockquote><p>
9802
9803 </p>
9804 <p>midi_prog =
9805 </p>
9806 <blockquote class="text">
9807 <p>number
9808
9809 </p>
9810 </blockquote><p>
9811
9812 </p>
9813 <p>midi_ctrl =
9814 </p>
9815 <blockquote class="text">
9816 <p>number
9817
9818 </p>
9819 </blockquote><p>
9820
9821 </p>
9822 <p>volume_value =
9823 </p>
9824 <blockquote class="text">
9825 <p>dotnum
9826
9827 </p>
9828 <p>/ number
9829
9830 </p>
9831 </blockquote><p>
9832
9833 </p>
9834 <p>sampler_channel =
9835 </p>
9836 <blockquote class="text">
9837 <p>number
9838
9839 </p>
9840 </blockquote><p>
9841
9842 </p>
9843 <p>instrument_index =
9844 </p>
9845 <blockquote class="text">
9846 <p>number
9847
9848 </p>
9849 </blockquote><p>
9850
9851 </p>
9852 <p>fx_send_id =
9853 </p>
9854 <blockquote class="text">
9855 <p>number
9856
9857 </p>
9858 </blockquote><p>
9859
9860 </p>
9861 <p>engine_name =
9862 </p>
9863 <blockquote class="text">
9864 <p>string
9865
9866 </p>
9867 </blockquote><p>
9868
9869 </p>
9870 <p>pathname =
9871 </p>
9872 <blockquote class="text">
9873 <p>stringval
9874
9875 </p>
9876 </blockquote><p>
9877
9878 </p>
9879 <p>dirname =
9880 </p>
9881 <blockquote class="text">
9882 <p>stringval
9883
9884 </p>
9885 </blockquote><p>
9886
9887 </p>
9888 <p>filename =
9889 </p>
9890 <blockquote class="text">
9891 <p>stringval
9892
9893 </p>
9894 </blockquote><p>
9895
9896 </p>
9897 <p>map_name =
9898 </p>
9899 <blockquote class="text">
9900 <p>stringval
9901
9902 </p>
9903 </blockquote><p>
9904
9905 </p>
9906 <p>entry_name =
9907 </p>
9908 <blockquote class="text">
9909 <p>stringval
9910
9911 </p>
9912 </blockquote><p>
9913
9914 </p>
9915 <p>fx_send_name =
9916 </p>
9917 <blockquote class="text">
9918 <p>stringval
9919
9920 </p>
9921 </blockquote><p>
9922
9923 </p>
9924 <p>param_val_list =
9925 </p>
9926 <blockquote class="text">
9927 <p>param_val
9928
9929 </p>
9930 <p>/ param_val_list','param_val
9931
9932 </p>
9933 </blockquote><p>
9934
9935 </p>
9936 <p>param_val =
9937 </p>
9938 <blockquote class="text">
9939 <p>string
9940
9941 </p>
9942 <p>/ stringval
9943
9944 </p>
9945 <p>/ number
9946
9947 </p>
9948 <p>/ dotnum
9949
9950 </p>
9951 </blockquote><p>
9952
9953 </p>
9954 <p>query_val_list =
9955 </p>
9956 <blockquote class="text">
9957 <p>string '=' query_val
9958
9959 </p>
9960 <p>/ query_val_list SP string '=' query_val
9961
9962 </p>
9963 </blockquote><p>
9964
9965 </p>
9966 <p>query_val =
9967 </p>
9968 <blockquote class="text">
9969 <p>string
9970
9971 </p>
9972 <p>/ stringval
9973
9974 </p>
9975 </blockquote><p>
9976
9977 </p>
9978 <p>scan_mode =
9979 </p>
9980 <blockquote class="text">
9981 <p>RECURSIVE
9982
9983 </p>
9984 <p>/ NON_RECURSIVE
9985
9986 </p>
9987 <p>/ FLAT
9988
9989 </p>
9990 </blockquote><p>
9991
9992 </p>
9993 <a name="events"></a><br /><hr />
9994 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
9995 <a name="rfc.section.8"></a><h3>8.&nbsp;
9996 Events</h3>
9997
9998 <p>This chapter will describe all currently defined events supported by LinuxSampler.
9999 </p>
10000 <a name="SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
10001 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10002 <a name="rfc.section.8.1"></a><h3>8.1.&nbsp;
10003 Number of audio output devices changed</h3>
10004
10005 <p>Client may want to be notified when the total number of audio output devices on the
10006 back-end changes by issuing the following command:
10007 </p>
10008 <p>
10009 </p>
10010 <blockquote class="text">
10011 <p>SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
10012 </p>
10013 </blockquote><p>
10014
10015 </p>
10016 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
10017 </p>
10018 <p>
10019 </p>
10020 <blockquote class="text">
10021 <p>"NOTIFY:AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_COUNT:&lt;devices&gt;"
10022 </p>
10023 </blockquote><p>
10024
10025 </p>
10026 <p>where &lt;devices&gt; will be replaced by the new number
10027 of audio output devices.
10028 </p>
10029 <a name="SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
10030 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10031 <a name="rfc.section.8.2"></a><h3>8.2.&nbsp;
10032 Audio output device's settings changed</h3>
10033
10034 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to audio output devices on the
10035 back-end by issuing the following command:
10036 </p>
10037 <p>
10038 </p>
10039 <blockquote class="text">
10040 <p>SUBSCRIBE AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO
10041 </p>
10042 </blockquote><p>
10043
10044 </p>
10045 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
10046 </p>
10047 <p>
10048 </p>
10049 <blockquote class="text">
10050 <p>"NOTIFY:AUDIO_OUTPUT_DEVICE_INFO:&lt;device-id&gt;"
10051 </p>
10052 </blockquote><p>
10053
10054 </p>
10055 <p>where &lt;device-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the audio output device,
10056 which settings has been changed. The front-end will have to send
10057 the respective command to actually get the audio output device info. Because these messages
10058 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
10059 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
10060 message is sufficient here.
10061 </p>
10062 <a name="SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
10063 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10064 <a name="rfc.section.8.3"></a><h3>8.3.&nbsp;
10065 Number of MIDI input devices changed</h3>
10066
10067 <p>Client may want to be notified when the total number of MIDI input devices on the
10068 back-end changes by issuing the following command:
10069 </p>
10070 <p>
10071 </p>
10072 <blockquote class="text">
10073 <p>SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT
10074 </p>
10075 </blockquote><p>
10076
10077 </p>
10078 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
10079 </p>
10080 <p>
10081 </p>
10082 <blockquote class="text">
10083 <p>"NOTIFY:MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_COUNT:&lt;devices&gt;"
10084 </p>
10085 </blockquote><p>
10086
10087 </p>
10088 <p>where &lt;devices&gt; will be replaced by the new number
10089 of MIDI input devices.
10090 </p>
10091 <a name="SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
10092 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10093 <a name="rfc.section.8.4"></a><h3>8.4.&nbsp;
10094 MIDI input device's settings changed</h3>
10095
10096 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to MIDI input devices on the
10097 back-end by issuing the following command:
10098 </p>
10099 <p>
10100 </p>
10101 <blockquote class="text">
10102 <p>SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO
10103 </p>
10104 </blockquote><p>
10105
10106 </p>
10107 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
10108 </p>
10109 <p>
10110 </p>
10111 <blockquote class="text">
10112 <p>"NOTIFY:MIDI_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO:&lt;device-id&gt;"
10113 </p>
10114 </blockquote><p>
10115
10116 </p>
10117 <p>where &lt;device-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI input device,
10118 which settings has been changed. The front-end will have to send
10119 the respective command to actually get the MIDI input device info. Because these messages
10120 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
10121 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
10122 message is sufficient here.
10123 </p>
10124 <a name="SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
10125 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10126 <a name="rfc.section.8.5"></a><h3>8.5.&nbsp;
10127 Number of sampler channels changed</h3>
10128
10129 <p>Client may want to be notified when the total number of channels on the
10130 back-end changes by issuing the following command:
10131 </p>
10132 <p>
10133 </p>
10134 <blockquote class="text">
10135 <p>SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_COUNT
10136 </p>
10137 </blockquote><p>
10138
10139 </p>
10140 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
10141 </p>
10142 <p>
10143 </p>
10144 <blockquote class="text">
10145 <p>"NOTIFY:CHANNEL_COUNT:&lt;channels&gt;"
10146 </p>
10147 </blockquote><p>
10148
10149 </p>
10150 <p>where &lt;channels&gt; will be replaced by the new number
10151 of sampler channels.
10152 </p>
10153 <a name="SUBSCRIBE VOICE_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
10154 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10155 <a name="rfc.section.8.6"></a><h3>8.6.&nbsp;
10156 Number of active voices changed</h3>
10157
10158 <p>Client may want to be notified when the number of voices on the
10159 back-end changes by issuing the following command:
10160 </p>
10161 <p>
10162 </p>
10163 <blockquote class="text">
10164 <p>SUBSCRIBE VOICE_COUNT
10165 </p>
10166 </blockquote><p>
10167
10168 </p>
10169 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
10170 </p>
10171 <p>
10172 </p>
10173 <blockquote class="text">
10174 <p>"NOTIFY:VOICE_COUNT:&lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;voices&gt;"
10175 </p>
10176 </blockquote><p>
10177
10178 </p>
10179 <p>where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; will be replaced by the sampler channel the
10180 voice count change occurred and &lt;voices&gt; by the new number of
10181 active voices on that channel.
10182 </p>
10183 <a name="SUBSCRIBE STREAM_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
10184 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10185 <a name="rfc.section.8.7"></a><h3>8.7.&nbsp;
10186 Number of active disk streams changed</h3>
10187
10188 <p>Client may want to be notified when the number of streams on the back-end
10189 changes by issuing the following command: SUBSCRIBE STREAM_COUNT
10190 </p>
10191 <p>
10192 </p>
10193 <blockquote class="text">
10194 <p>SUBSCRIBE STREAM_COUNT
10195 </p>
10196 </blockquote><p>
10197
10198 </p>
10199 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
10200 </p>
10201 <p>
10202 </p>
10203 <blockquote class="text">
10204 <p>"NOTIFY:STREAM_COUNT:&lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;streams&gt;"
10205 </p>
10206 </blockquote><p>
10207
10208 </p>
10209 <p>where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; will be replaced by the sampler channel the
10210 stream count change occurred and &lt;streams&gt; by the new number of
10211 active disk streams on that channel.
10212 </p>
10213 <a name="SUBSCRIBE BUFFER_FILL"></a><br /><hr />
10214 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10215 <a name="rfc.section.8.8"></a><h3>8.8.&nbsp;
10216 Disk stream buffer fill state changed</h3>
10217
10218 <p>Client may want to be notified when the buffer fill state of a disk stream
10219 on the back-end changes by issuing the following command:
10220 </p>
10221 <p>
10222 </p>
10223 <blockquote class="text">
10224 <p>SUBSCRIBE BUFFER_FILL
10225 </p>
10226 </blockquote><p>
10227
10228 </p>
10229 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
10230 </p>
10231 <p>
10232 </p>
10233 <blockquote class="text">
10234 <p>"NOTIFY:BUFFER_FILL:&lt;sampler-channel&gt; &lt;fill-data&gt;"
10235 </p>
10236 </blockquote><p>
10237
10238 </p>
10239 <p>where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; will be replaced by the sampler channel the
10240 buffer fill state change occurred on and &lt;fill-data&gt; will be replaced by the
10241 buffer fill data for this channel as described in <a class='info' href='#GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL'>Section&nbsp;6.4.13<span> (</span><span class='info'>Current fill state of disk stream buffers</span><span>)</span></a>
10242 as if the <a class='info' href='#GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL'>"GET CHANNEL BUFFER_FILL PERCENTAGE"<span> (</span><span class='info'>Current fill state of disk stream buffers</span><span>)</span></a> command was issued on this channel.
10243 </p>
10244 <a name="SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
10245 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10246 <a name="rfc.section.8.9"></a><h3>8.9.&nbsp;
10247 Channel information changed</h3>
10248
10249 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to sampler channels on the
10250 back-end by issuing the following command:
10251 </p>
10252 <p>
10253 </p>
10254 <blockquote class="text">
10255 <p>SUBSCRIBE CHANNEL_INFO
10256 </p>
10257 </blockquote><p>
10258
10259 </p>
10260 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
10261 </p>
10262 <p>
10263 </p>
10264 <blockquote class="text">
10265 <p>"NOTIFY:CHANNEL_INFO:&lt;sampler-channel&gt;"
10266 </p>
10267 </blockquote><p>
10268
10269 </p>
10270 <p>where &lt;sampler-channel&gt; will be replaced by the sampler channel the
10271 channel info change occurred. The front-end will have to send
10272 the respective command to actually get the channel info. Because these messages
10273 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
10274 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
10275 message is sufficient here.
10276 </p>
10277 <a name="SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
10278 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10279 <a name="rfc.section.8.10"></a><h3>8.10.&nbsp;
10280 Number of effect sends changed</h3>
10281
10282 <p>Client may want to be notified when the number of effect sends on
10283 a particular sampler channel is changed by issuing the following command:
10284 </p>
10285 <p>
10286 </p>
10287 <blockquote class="text">
10288 <p>SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_COUNT
10289 </p>
10290 </blockquote><p>
10291
10292 </p>
10293 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
10294 </p>
10295 <p>
10296 </p>
10297 <blockquote class="text">
10298 <p>"NOTIFY:FX_SEND_COUNT:&lt;channel-id&gt; &lt;fx-sends&gt;"
10299 </p>
10300 </blockquote><p>
10301
10302 </p>
10303 <p>where &lt;channel-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the sampler
10304 channel, on which the effect sends number is changed and &lt;fx-sends&gt; will
10305 be replaced by the new number of effect sends on that channel.
10306 </p>
10307 <a name="SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
10308 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10309 <a name="rfc.section.8.11"></a><h3>8.11.&nbsp;
10310 Effect send information changed</h3>
10311
10312 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to effect sends on a
10313 a particular sampler channel by issuing the following command:
10314 </p>
10315 <p>
10316 </p>
10317 <blockquote class="text">
10318 <p>SUBSCRIBE FX_SEND_INFO
10319 </p>
10320 </blockquote><p>
10321
10322 </p>
10323 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
10324 </p>
10325 <p>
10326 </p>
10327 <blockquote class="text">
10328 <p>"NOTIFY:FX_SEND_INFO:&lt;channel-id&gt; &lt;fx-send-id&gt;"
10329 </p>
10330 </blockquote><p>
10331
10332 </p>
10333 <p>where &lt;channel-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the sampler
10334 channel, on which an effect send entity is changed and &lt;fx-send-id&gt; will
10335 be replaced by the numerical ID of the changed effect send.
10336 </p>
10337 <a name="SUBSCRIBE TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
10338 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10339 <a name="rfc.section.8.12"></a><h3>8.12.&nbsp;
10340 Total number of active voices changed</h3>
10341
10342 <p>Client may want to be notified when the total number of voices on the
10343 back-end changes by issuing the following command:
10344 </p>
10345 <p>
10346 </p>
10347 <blockquote class="text">
10348 <p>SUBSCRIBE TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT
10349 </p>
10350 </blockquote><p>
10351
10352 </p>
10353 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
10354 </p>
10355 <p>
10356 </p>
10357 <blockquote class="text">
10358 <p>"NOTIFY:TOTAL_VOICE_COUNT:&lt;voices&gt;"
10359 </p>
10360 </blockquote><p>
10361
10362 </p>
10363 <p>where &lt;voices&gt; will be replaced by the new number of
10364 all currently active voices.
10365 </p>
10366 <a name="SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
10367 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10368 <a name="rfc.section.8.13"></a><h3>8.13.&nbsp;
10369 Number of MIDI instrument maps changed</h3>
10370
10371 <p>Client may want to be notified when the number of MIDI instrument maps on the
10372 back-end changes by issuing the following command:
10373 </p>
10374 <p>
10375 </p>
10376 <blockquote class="text">
10377 <p>SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT
10378 </p>
10379 </blockquote><p>
10380
10381 </p>
10382 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
10383 </p>
10384 <p>
10385 </p>
10386 <blockquote class="text">
10387 <p>"NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_COUNT:&lt;maps&gt;"
10388 </p>
10389 </blockquote><p>
10390
10391 </p>
10392 <p>where &lt;maps&gt; will be replaced by the new number
10393 of MIDI instrument maps.
10394 </p>
10395 <a name="SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
10396 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10397 <a name="rfc.section.8.14"></a><h3>8.14.&nbsp;
10398 MIDI instrument map information changed</h3>
10399
10400 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to MIDI instrument maps on the
10401 back-end by issuing the following command:
10402 </p>
10403 <p>
10404 </p>
10405 <blockquote class="text">
10406 <p>SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO
10407 </p>
10408 </blockquote><p>
10409
10410 </p>
10411 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
10412 </p>
10413 <p>
10414 </p>
10415 <blockquote class="text">
10416 <p>"NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_MAP_INFO:&lt;map-id&gt;"
10417 </p>
10418 </blockquote><p>
10419
10420 </p>
10421 <p>where &lt;map-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI instrument map,
10422 for which information changes occurred. The front-end will have to send
10423 the respective command to actually get the MIDI instrument map info. Because these messages
10424 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
10425 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
10426 message is sufficient here.
10427 </p>
10428 <a name="SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
10429 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10430 <a name="rfc.section.8.15"></a><h3>8.15.&nbsp;
10431 Number of MIDI instruments changed</h3>
10432
10433 <p>Client may want to be notified when the number of MIDI instrument maps on the
10434 back-end changes by issuing the following command:
10435 </p>
10436 <p>
10437 </p>
10438 <blockquote class="text">
10439 <p>SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
10440 </p>
10441 </blockquote><p>
10442
10443 </p>
10444 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
10445 </p>
10446 <p>
10447 </p>
10448 <blockquote class="text">
10449 <p>"NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_COUNT:&lt;map-id&gt; &lt;instruments&gt;"
10450 </p>
10451 </blockquote><p>
10452
10453 </p>
10454 <p>where &lt;map-id&gt; is the numerical ID of the MIDI instrument map, in which
10455 the nuber of instruments has changed and &lt;instruments&gt; will be replaced by
10456 the new number of MIDI instruments in the specified map.
10457 </p>
10458 <a name="SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
10459 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10460 <a name="rfc.section.8.16"></a><h3>8.16.&nbsp;
10461 MIDI instrument information changed</h3>
10462
10463 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to MIDI instruments on the
10464 back-end by issuing the following command:
10465 </p>
10466 <p>
10467 </p>
10468 <blockquote class="text">
10469 <p>SUBSCRIBE MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO
10470 </p>
10471 </blockquote><p>
10472
10473 </p>
10474 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
10475 </p>
10476 <p>
10477 </p>
10478 <blockquote class="text">
10479 <p>"NOTIFY:MIDI_INSTRUMENT_INFO:&lt;map-id&gt; &lt;bank&gt; &lt;program&gt;"
10480 </p>
10481 </blockquote><p>
10482
10483 </p>
10484 <p>where &lt;map-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the MIDI instrument map,
10485 in which a MIDI instrument is changed. &lt;bank&gt; and &lt;program&gt; specifies
10486 the location of the changed MIDI instrument in the map. The front-end will have to send
10487 the respective command to actually get the MIDI instrument info. Because these messages
10488 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
10489 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
10490 message is sufficient here.
10491 </p>
10492 <a name="SUBSCRIBE GLOBAL_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
10493 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10494 <a name="rfc.section.8.17"></a><h3>8.17.&nbsp;
10495 Global settings changed</h3>
10496
10497 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes to the global settings
10498 of the sampler were made by issuing the following command:
10499 </p>
10500 <p>
10501 </p>
10502 <blockquote class="text">
10503 <p>SUBSCRIBE GLOBAL_INFO
10504 </p>
10505 </blockquote><p>
10506
10507 </p>
10508 <p>Server will start sending the following types of notification messages:
10509 </p>
10510 <p>
10511 </p>
10512 <blockquote class="text">
10513 <p>"NOTIFY:GLOBAL_INFO:VOLUME &lt;volume&gt;" - Notifies that the
10514 golbal volume of the sampler is changed, where &lt;volume&gt; will be
10515 replaced by the optional dotted floating point value, reflecting the
10516 new global volume parameter.
10517 </p>
10518 </blockquote><p>
10519
10520 </p>
10521 <a name="SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
10522 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10523 <a name="rfc.section.8.18"></a><h3>8.18.&nbsp;
10524 Number of database instrument directories changed</h3>
10525
10526 <p>Client may want to be notified when the number of instrument
10527 directories in a particular directory in the instruments database
10528 is changed by issuing the following command:
10529 </p>
10530 <p>
10531 </p>
10532 <blockquote class="text">
10533 <p>SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT
10534 </p>
10535 </blockquote><p>
10536
10537 </p>
10538 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
10539 </p>
10540 <p>
10541 </p>
10542 <blockquote class="text">
10543 <p>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_COUNT:&lt;dir-path&gt;"
10544 </p>
10545 </blockquote><p>
10546
10547 </p>
10548 <p>where &lt;dir-path&gt; will be replaced by the absolute path
10549 name of the directory in the instruments database,
10550 in which the number of directories is changed.
10551 </p>
10552 <p>Note that when a non-empty directory is removed, this event
10553 is not sent for the subdirectories in that directory.
10554 </p>
10555 <a name="SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
10556 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10557 <a name="rfc.section.8.19"></a><h3>8.19.&nbsp;
10558 Database instrument directory information changed</h3>
10559
10560 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to directories
10561 in the instruments database by issuing the following command:
10562 </p>
10563 <p>
10564 </p>
10565 <blockquote class="text">
10566 <p>SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO
10567 </p>
10568 </blockquote><p>
10569
10570 </p>
10571 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
10572 </p>
10573 <p>
10574 </p>
10575 <blockquote class="text">
10576 <p>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO:&lt;dir-path&gt;"
10577 </p>
10578 </blockquote><p>
10579
10580 </p>
10581 <p>where &lt;dir-path&gt; will be replaced by the absolute path name
10582 of the directory, for which information changes occurred. The front-end will have to send
10583 the respective command to actually get the updated directory info. Because these messages
10584 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
10585 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
10586 message is sufficient here.
10587 </p>
10588 <p>
10589 </p>
10590 <blockquote class="text">
10591 <p>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_DIRECTORY_INFO:NAME &lt;old-dir-path&gt; &lt;new-name&gt;"
10592 </p>
10593 </blockquote><p>
10594
10595 </p>
10596 <p>where &lt;old-dir-path&gt; is the old absolute path name of the directory
10597 (encapsulated into apostrophes), which name is changes and &lt;new-name&gt; is
10598 the new name of the directory, encapsulated into apostrophes.
10599 </p>
10600 <a name="SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT"></a><br /><hr />
10601 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10602 <a name="rfc.section.8.20"></a><h3>8.20.&nbsp;
10603 Number of database instruments changed</h3>
10604
10605 <p>Client may want to be notified when the number of instruments
10606 in a particular directory in the instruments database
10607 is changed by issuing the following command:
10608 </p>
10609 <p>
10610 </p>
10611 <blockquote class="text">
10612 <p>SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT
10613 </p>
10614 </blockquote><p>
10615
10616 </p>
10617 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
10618 </p>
10619 <p>
10620 </p>
10621 <blockquote class="text">
10622 <p>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_COUNT:&lt;dir-path&gt;"
10623 </p>
10624 </blockquote><p>
10625
10626 </p>
10627 <p>where &lt;dir-path&gt; will be replaced by the absolute path
10628 name of the directory in the instruments database,
10629 in which the number of instruments is changed.
10630 </p>
10631 <p>Note that when a non-empty directory is removed, this event
10632 is not sent for the instruments in that directory.
10633 </p>
10634 <a name="SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
10635 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10636 <a name="rfc.section.8.21"></a><h3>8.21.&nbsp;
10637 Database instrument information changed</h3>
10638
10639 <p>Client may want to be notified when changes were made to instruments
10640 in the instruments database by issuing the following command:
10641 </p>
10642 <p>
10643 </p>
10644 <blockquote class="text">
10645 <p>SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO
10646 </p>
10647 </blockquote><p>
10648
10649 </p>
10650 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
10651 </p>
10652 <p>
10653 </p>
10654 <blockquote class="text">
10655 <p>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO:&lt;instr-path&gt;"
10656 </p>
10657 </blockquote><p>
10658
10659 </p>
10660 <p>where &lt;instr-path&gt; will be replaced by the absolute path name
10661 of the instrument, which settings are changed. The front-end will have to send
10662 the respective command to actually get the updated directory info. Because these messages
10663 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
10664 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
10665 message is sufficient here.
10666 </p>
10667 <p>
10668 </p>
10669 <blockquote class="text">
10670 <p>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENT_INFO:NAME &lt;old-instr-path&gt; &lt;new-name&gt;"
10671 </p>
10672 </blockquote><p>
10673
10674 </p>
10675 <p>where &lt;old-instr-path&gt; is the old absolute path name of the instrument
10676 (encapsulated into apostrophes), which name is changes and &lt;new-name&gt; is
10677 the new name of the instrument, encapsulated into apostrophes.
10678 </p>
10679 <a name="SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO"></a><br /><hr />
10680 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10681 <a name="rfc.section.8.22"></a><h3>8.22.&nbsp;
10682 Database job status information changed</h3>
10683
10684 <p>Client may want to be notified when the status of particular database
10685 instruments job is changed by issuing the following command:
10686 </p>
10687 <p>
10688 </p>
10689 <blockquote class="text">
10690 <p>SUBSCRIBE DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO
10691 </p>
10692 </blockquote><p>
10693
10694 </p>
10695 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
10696 </p>
10697 <p>
10698 </p>
10699 <blockquote class="text">
10700 <p>"NOTIFY:DB_INSTRUMENTS_JOB_INFO:&lt;job-id&gt;"
10701 </p>
10702 </blockquote><p>
10703
10704 </p>
10705 <p>where &lt;job-id&gt; will be replaced by the numerical ID of the job,
10706 which status is changed. The front-end will have to send the respective
10707 command to actually get the status info. Because these messages
10708 will be triggered by LSCP commands issued by other clients rather than real
10709 time events happening on the server, it is believed that an empty notification
10710 message is sufficient here.
10711 </p>
10712 <a name="SUBSCRIBE MISCELLANEOUS"></a><br /><hr />
10713 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10714 <a name="rfc.section.8.23"></a><h3>8.23.&nbsp;
10715 Miscellaneous and debugging events</h3>
10716
10717 <p>Client may want to be notified of miscellaneous and debugging events occurring at
10718 the server by issuing the following command:
10719 </p>
10720 <p>
10721 </p>
10722 <blockquote class="text">
10723 <p>SUBSCRIBE MISCELLANEOUS
10724 </p>
10725 </blockquote><p>
10726
10727 </p>
10728 <p>Server will start sending the following notification messages:
10729 </p>
10730 <p>
10731 </p>
10732 <blockquote class="text">
10733 <p>"NOTIFY:MISCELLANEOUS:&lt;string&gt;"
10734 </p>
10735 </blockquote><p>
10736
10737 </p>
10738 <p>where &lt;string&gt; will be replaced by whatever data server
10739 wants to send to the client. Client MAY display this data to the
10740 user AS IS to facilitate debugging.
10741 </p>
10742 <a name="anchor14"></a><br /><hr />
10743 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10744 <a name="rfc.section.9"></a><h3>9.&nbsp;
10745 Security Considerations</h3>
10746
10747 <p>As there is so far no method of authentication and authorization
10748 defined and so not required for a client applications to succeed to
10749 connect, running LinuxSampler might be a security risk for the host
10750 system the LinuxSampler instance is running on.
10751 </p>
10752 <a name="anchor15"></a><br /><hr />
10753 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10754 <a name="rfc.section.10"></a><h3>10.&nbsp;
10755 Acknowledgments</h3>
10756
10757 <p>This document has benefited greatly from the comments of the
10758 following people, discussed on the LinuxSampler developer's mailing
10759 list:
10760 </p>
10761 <p>
10762 </p>
10763 <blockquote class="text">
10764 <p>Rui Nuno Capela
10765 </p>
10766 <p>Vladimir Senkov
10767 </p>
10768 <p>Mark Knecht
10769 </p>
10770 <p>Grigor Iliev
10771 </p>
10772 </blockquote><p>
10773
10774 </p>
10775 <a name="rfc.references1"></a><br /><hr />
10776 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10777 <h3>11.&nbsp;References</h3>
10778 <table width="99%" border="0">
10779 <tr><td class="author-text" valign="top"><a name="RFC2119">[RFC2119]</a></td>
10780 <td class="author-text">Bradner, S., &ldquo;<a href="ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/rfc2119.txt">Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels</a>,&rdquo; RFC&nbsp;2119, 1997.</td></tr>
10781 <tr><td class="author-text" valign="top"><a name="RFC2234">[RFC2234]</a></td>
10782 <td class="author-text">Crocker, D. and P. Overell, &ldquo;<a href="ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/rfc2234.txt">Augmented BNF for Syntax Specifications</a>,&rdquo; RFC&nbsp;2234, 1997.</td></tr>
10783 <tr><td class="author-text" valign="top"><a name="RFC793">[RFC793]</a></td>
10784 <td class="author-text">Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency, &ldquo;<a href="ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/rfc793.txt">TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL</a>,&rdquo; RFC&nbsp;793, 1981.</td></tr>
10785 </table>
10786
10787 <a name="rfc.authors"></a><br /><hr />
10788 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10789 <h3>Author's Address</h3>
10790 <table width="99%" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0">
10791 <tr><td class="author-text">&nbsp;</td>
10792 <td class="author-text">C.
10793 Schoenebeck</td></tr>
10794 <tr><td class="author-text">&nbsp;</td>
10795 <td class="author-text">Interessengemeinschaft Software Engineering e. V.</td></tr>
10796 <tr><td class="author-text">&nbsp;</td>
10797 <td class="author-text">Max-Planck-Str. 39</td></tr>
10798 <tr><td class="author-text">&nbsp;</td>
10799 <td class="author-text">74081 Heilbronn</td></tr>
10800 <tr><td class="author-text">&nbsp;</td>
10801 <td class="author-text">Germany</td></tr>
10802 <tr><td class="author" align="right">Email:&nbsp;</td>
10803 <td class="author-text"><a href="mailto:schoenebeck at software minus engineering dot org">schoenebeck at software minus engineering dot org</a></td></tr>
10804 </table>
10805 <a name="rfc.copyright"></a><br /><hr />
10806 <table summary="layout" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="2" class="TOCbug" align="right"><tr><td class="TOCbug"><a href="#toc">&nbsp;TOC&nbsp;</a></td></tr></table>
10807 <h3>Full Copyright Statement</h3>
10808 <p class='copyright'>
10809 Copyright &copy; The IETF Trust (2007).</p>
10810 <p class='copyright'>
10811 This document is subject to the rights,
10812 licenses and restrictions contained in BCP&nbsp;78,
10813 and except as set forth therein,
10814 the authors retain all their rights.</p>
10815 <p class='copyright'>
10816 This document and the information contained herein are provided
10817 on an &ldquo;AS IS&rdquo; basis and THE CONTRIBUTOR,
10818 THE ORGANIZATION HE/SHE REPRESENTS
10819 OR IS SPONSORED BY (IF ANY), THE INTERNET SOCIETY, THE IETF TRUST
10820 AND THE INTERNET ENGINEERING TASK FORCE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES,
10821 EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT
10822 THE USE OF THE INFORMATION HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY
10823 IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
10824 PURPOSE.</p>
10825 <h3>Intellectual Property</h3>
10826 <p class='copyright'>
10827 The IETF takes no position regarding the validity or scope of any
10828 Intellectual Property Rights or other rights that might be claimed
10829 to pertain to the implementation or use of the technology
10830 described in this document or the extent to which any license
10831 under such rights might or might not be available; nor does it
10832 represent that it has made any independent effort to identify any
10833 such rights.
10834 Information on the procedures with respect to
10835 rights in RFC documents can be found in BCP&nbsp;78 and BCP&nbsp;79.</p>
10836 <p class='copyright'>
10837 Copies of IPR disclosures made to the IETF Secretariat and any
10838 assurances of licenses to be made available,
10839 or the result of an attempt made to obtain a general license or
10840 permission for the use of such proprietary rights by implementers or
10841 users of this specification can be obtained from the IETF on-line IPR
10842 repository at <a href='http://www.ietf.org/ipr'>http://www.ietf.org/ipr</a>.</p>
10843 <p class='copyright'>
10844 The IETF invites any interested party to bring to its attention
10845 any copyrights,
10846 patents or patent applications,
10847 or other
10848 proprietary rights that may cover technology that may be required
10849 to implement this standard.
10850 Please address the information to the IETF at <a href='mailto:ietf-ipr@ietf.org'>ietf-ipr@ietf.org</a>.</p>
10851 <h3>Acknowledgment</h3>
10852 <p class='copyright'>
10853 Funding for the RFC Editor function is provided by
10854 the IETF Administrative Support Activity (IASA).</p>
10855 </body></html>

  ViewVC Help
Powered by ViewVC